As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
May 1, 2007
Registration
No. 333-140630
UNITED
STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Pre-Effective
Amendment No. 1 to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
SHORETEL, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
3661
|
|
77-0443568
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary standard industrial
code number)
|
|
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
|
960 Stewart Drive
Sunnyvale, CA
94085-3913
(408) 331-3300
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants
principal executive offices)
John W. Combs
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
ShoreTel, Inc.
960 Stewart Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94085
(408) 331-3300
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Dennis
DeBroeck, Esq.
|
|
Jeffrey D.
Saper, Esq.
|
Jeffrey R.
Vetter, Esq.
|
|
Steven V.
Bernard, Esq.
|
Fenwick & West
LLP
|
|
Wilson Sonsini
Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
|
801 California Street
|
|
650 Page Mill Road
|
Mountain View, California
94041
|
|
Palo Alto, California
94304
|
(650) 988-8500
|
|
(650)
493-9300
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public:
As soon as practicable after the
effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following box.
o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act
of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering.
o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement
number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same offering.
o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement
number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same offering.
o
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
|
Title of Each Class of
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Amount of Registration
|
Securities to be Registered
|
|
|
Offering Price(1)
|
|
|
Fee(2)
|
Common Stock, $0.001 par
value per share
|
|
|
$
|
85,000,000
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Estimated pursuant to
Rule 457(o) solely for the purpose of calculating the
amount of the registration fee.
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the
Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as
the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may
determine.
The
information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and
may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the
registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an
offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities
in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
|
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. DATED
MAY 1, 2007.
Shares
Common Stock
This is our initial public offering, and no public market
currently exists for our shares of common stock. ShoreTel, Inc.
is
offering shares
of common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering
price will be between $ and
$ per share.
We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation
on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol SHOR.
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See Risk
Factors beginning on page 7.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Initial public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discount
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to
ShoreTel
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
To the extent that the underwriters sell more
than shares
of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up
to an
additional shares
from us at the initial public offering price less the
underwriting discount.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this
prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or
about ,
2007.
|
|
|
Piper
Jaffray
|
JMP
Securities
|
Wedbush
Morgan Securities
|
Prospectus
dated ,
2007
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give
any information or to represent anything not contained in this
prospectus.
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on
behalf of us. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the
shares offered hereby but only under circumstances and in
jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information
contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
Through and
including ,
2007 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to a dealers obligation to
deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with
respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
i
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you
should consider before buying shares of our common stock. Before
deciding to invest in shares of our common stock, you should
read the entire prospectus carefully, including our consolidated
financial statements and the related notes and the information
set forth under the headings Risk Factors and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, in each case included
elsewhere in this prospectus. Except where the context requires
otherwise, in this prospectus, Company,
ShoreTel, we, us, and
our refer to ShoreTel, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
and our predecessor, ShoreTel, Inc., a California corporation,
and where appropriate, their respective subsidiaries.
ShoreTel,
Inc.
Overview
We are a leading provider of Internet Protocol, or IP,
telecommunications systems for enterprises. Our systems are
based on our distributed software architecture and switch-based
hardware platform which enable multi-site enterprises to be
served by a single telecommunications system. Our systems enable
a single point of management, easy installation and a high
degree of scalability and reliability, and provide end users
with a consistent, full suite of features across the enterprise,
regardless of location. As a result, we believe our systems
enable enhanced end user productivity and provide lower total
cost of ownership and higher customer satisfaction than
alternative systems.
Our solution is comprised of ShoreGear switches, ShorePhone IP
telephones and ShoreWare software applications. We provide our
systems to enterprises across all industries, including to
small, medium and large companies and public institutions. Our
enterprise customers include multi-site Fortune
500 companies with tens of thousands of employees. As of
December 31, 2006, we had sold our IP telecommunications
systems to approximately 4,400 enterprise customers, including
CNET Networks, Robert Half International and the City of
Oakland, California. We sell our systems through our extensive
network of approximately 450 channel partners.
We have achieved broad industry recognition for our technology
and high customer satisfaction. Our enterprise IP
telecommunications systems received PC Magazines Best of
the Year 2005 Editors Choice designation. For the last
four years, IT executives surveyed by Nemertes Research, an
independent research firm, have rated ShoreTel highest in
customer satisfaction among leading enterprise
telecommunications systems providers.
We increased our total revenue over the last two fiscal years
from $18.8 million in fiscal 2004 to $61.6 million in
fiscal 2006, and we generated net income of $4.0 million in
fiscal 2006 and net income of $2.1 million for the
six-month period ended December 31, 2006. As of December
31, 2006, we had an accumulated deficit of $88.7 million
and total shareholders deficit of $37.3 million.
Industry
Background
Enterprises have historically operated separate networks for
voice and data communications which resulted in significant
complexity and high cost. Multi-site enterprises typically
operated separate telecommunications systems at each of their
sites that often were difficult to install and manage. These
systems also required significant additional investments to
scale and did not enable delivery of a uniform set of features
and functions across all sites. Enterprises are increasingly
migrating to a single IP network for both voice and data
communications to reduce costs and network complexity and
increase end user productivity. This migration is creating a
significant opportunity for providers of IP telecommunications
systems. Gartner, Inc., an independent research firm, estimates
that worldwide enterprise telephony systems equipment end user
revenue was $17.2 billion in 2006, including legacy TDM
PBX/KTS equipment,
IP-enabled
PBX equipment and
IP-PBX
equipment. According to Gartner, the
IP-PBX
market was estimated to have been $3.9 billion in 2006 and
is expected to grow to $7.9 billion by 2010, which
represents a 19.1% compound annual growth rate. We refer to the
TDM PBX/KTS equipment as TDM systems,
IP-enabled
PBX equipment as hybrid systems, and
IP-PBX
equipment as IP systems.
TDM systems, hybrid systems and a common form of IP systems,
server-centric IP telecommunications systems, each have
significant limitations. TDM systems require a dedicated voice
network that consists of circuits
1
and phones, as well as a separate PBX switch for each office
site, which results in a series of standalone telecommunications
systems within a single enterprise. This also results in high
installation, integration, and on-going management and
maintenance costs. Hybrid systems are based on a TDM
infrastructure and suffer from many of the same shortcomings as
TDM systems. Hybrid systems also require enterprises to maintain
two telecommunications systems, further increasing management
complexity and cost and leading to inconsistent features for end
users across the enterprise. Server-centric IP systems typically
have a centralized software architecture and require system
management to be performed on a
site-by-site
basis. These systems can be costly to scale because significant
additional equipment is often required to accommodate growth
while maintaining adequate redundancy. Server-centric IP systems
also run on operating systems that were not optimized for
real-time voice processing, which we believe results in lower
reliability and decreased performance.
Our
Solution
We provide switch-based IP telecommunications systems for
enterprises that address the limitations of TDM, hybrid and
server-centric IP systems. Our systems are based on our
proprietary distributed software architecture and switch-based
hardware platform. Our software applications are distributed
across each site of an enterprise, providing end users with a
consistent, full suite of features across the enterprise,
regardless of location. Our switch-based hardware platform uses
our proprietary software to allow for a single point of
management of an enterprises telecommunications system
across all sites.
As a result of our distributed software architecture and
switch-based hardware platform, our systems provide enterprise
customers with a number of key benefits, including:
|
|
|
|
|
Ease of use.
We provide a wide range of
innovative, high performance phones that we combine with our
feature-rich desktop software application, Personal Call
Manager. Personal Call Manager allows end users to control their
phones from their PCs, regardless of their location, and
integrates with enterprise software applications, such as
Microsoft Outlook and salesforce.com.
|
|
|
|
Ease of installation and management.
Our
systems are easy to install as a result of our proprietary
installation software, which automatically recognizes and
configures the elements of our solution as they are added to the
systems. Our systems also feature a single point of management
with a simple, intuitive interface that allows IT managers to
modify their systems from anywhere through a web browser. We
believe our systems are also easier to install and manage
because they require fewer hardware elements than alternative
systems.
|
|
|
|
Scalability.
We believe our distributed
software architecture and the modular design of our system
hardware allow enterprises to incrementally scale our systems
more cost-effectively than alternative systems, which can
require replacement of substantial amounts of system equipment
to increase capacity. In contrast, all of the investment an
enterprise customer makes in our systems will continue to
operate as their implementation of our systems expands to
support their growth.
|
|
|
|
Reliability.
Our switches are designed to be
highly reliable and operate independently. Each switch in our
systems is capable of independently establishing and terminating
calls without relying on a centralized call control server, as
is the case with alternative systems. As a result, enterprise
telecommunications can survive a variety of LAN, WAN and
hardware failures using our systems.
|
|
|
|
Low total cost of ownership.
Our systems allow
enterprise customers to lower the overall capital expenditures
and on-going operating expenses typically associated with the
deployment and management of enterprise telecommunications
systems.
|
Our
Strategy
Our goal is to become the leading provider of IP
telecommunications systems for enterprises. Key elements of our
strategy include:
|
|
|
|
|
Extend our technology advantage.
We intend to
continue our research and development activities and expand our
relationships with technology partners to enhance our product
functionality, feature set and end
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
user experience. We also intend to continue to develop
additional applications for our systems and expand the
interoperability of our systems with additional enterprise
applications.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grow our distribution network.
We intend to
increase our market penetration and extend our geographic reach
by expanding our business with existing channel partners and by
adding channel partners that serve specific target markets. We
are particularly focused on expanding our relationships with
channel partners that are focused on large enterprise accounts
and with channel partners that operate in strategic
international markets.
|
|
|
|
Maintain focus on customer satisfaction.
We
intend to continue to work closely with enterprise customers to
gain valuable knowledge about their existing and future product
requirements to help us develop new products and product
enhancements that address their evolving requirements. We will
continue to actively measure, and develop programs to continue
to enhance, customer satisfaction.
|
|
|
|
Increase our brand awareness.
We believe that
increased visibility and awareness of the ShoreTel brand will
enhance our ability to participate in enterprise customer
evaluations of telecommunications systems, and will enable us to
continue to grow our enterprise customer base. We intend to
increase our sales and marketing activities to both channel
partners and enterprise customers through targeted marketing
programs, such as participation in seminars, trade shows and
conferences, and advertising and public relations initiatives.
|
|
|
|
Increase penetration of our installed base.
We
plan to leverage our installed enterprise customer base to
increase future sales. Since many organizations initially deploy
our systems at a single location, we believe we can drive
further penetration of our systems at multiple locations within
these enterprises.
|
Corporate
Information
We were originally incorporated in California in September 1996,
and we plan to reincorporate into Delaware prior to the
completion of this offering. Our principal offices are located
at 960 Stewart Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94085, and our telephone
number is
(408) 331-3300.
Our world wide web address is http: //www.shoretel.com. The
information found on, or accessible through, our website is not
a part of this prospectus.
ShoreTel, our logo, ShorePhone, ShoreGear and ShoreWare are
registered trademarks of ShoreTel. All other trademarks,
tradenames and service marks appearing in this prospectus are
the property of their respective owners.
Recent
Development
On April 30, 2007, we announced that we had named Michael
Healy to succeed John Finegan as our Chief Financial Officer,
effective as of May 10, 2007.
3
THE
OFFERING
|
|
|
Shares of common stock offered by ShoreTel
|
|
shares
|
|
Shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering
|
|
shares
|
|
|
|
Use of proceeds
|
|
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of
$ million
from our sale of
the shares
of common stock offered by us in this offering, based on an
assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, the midpoint of
the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after
deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net
proceeds of this offering for working capital and general
corporate purposes. See Use of Proceeds.
|
|
|
|
Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol
|
|
SHOR
|
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after
this offering is based on 328,685,305 shares outstanding as
of December 31, 2006, which number includes 576,706 shares
subject to cancellation subsequent to this date in satisfaction
in full of certain indebtedness owed to us, and excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
38,104,779 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
outstanding options as of December 31, 2006, at a weighted
average exercise price of $0.12 per share;
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,377,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
options granted between January 1, 2007 and April 30,
2007, at an exercise price of $1.13 per share;
|
|
|
|
|
|
708,851 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2006, at a weighted
average exercise price of $0.28 per share; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future grant
or issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan and
5,000,000 shares of common stock to be available for
issuance under our 2007 employee stock purchase plan effective
upon the completion of this offering.
|
Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
reflects our reincorporation into Delaware and the filing of our
restated certificate of incorporation prior to the completion of
this offering;
|
|
|
|
reflects the conversion of all our outstanding shares of
redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of
233,164,369 shares of common stock effective upon the
completion of this offering;
|
|
|
|
|
|
reflects the conversion of all outstanding warrants to purchase
shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into
warrants to purchase an aggregate of 677,037 shares of
common stock effective upon completion of this offering;
|
|
|
|
|
|
reflects
a -for-
reverse split of our outstanding capital stock to be effective
prior to the completion of this offering; and
|
|
|
|
assumes no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase
up to an
additional shares
from us.
|
4
SUMMARY
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data.
The consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal
years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the six-month
period ended December 31, 2006 have been derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data
for the six-month period ended December 31, 2005, have been
derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited
consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of
management, all adjustments, which include only normal recurring
adjustments, that management considers necessary for the fair
presentation of the financial information set forth in those
financial statements. You should read this data together with
our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and the
information under Selected Consolidated Financial
Data and Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Our
historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results
to be expected in any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Six Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated statement of
operations data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
|
|
$
|
16,587
|
|
|
$
|
31,970
|
|
|
$
|
55,300
|
|
|
$
|
23,498
|
|
|
$
|
38,331
|
|
Support and services
|
|
|
2,241
|
|
|
|
3,512
|
|
|
|
6,308
|
|
|
|
2,433
|
|
|
|
4,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
18,828
|
|
|
|
35,482
|
|
|
|
61,608
|
|
|
|
25,931
|
|
|
|
42,895
|
|
Cost of revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product (1)
|
|
|
7,725
|
|
|
|
13,961
|
|
|
|
21,855
|
|
|
|
9,712
|
|
|
|
13,274
|
|
Support and services (1)
|
|
|
1,660
|
|
|
|
2,907
|
|
|
|
5,425
|
|
|
|
2,187
|
|
|
|
3,040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenue
|
|
|
9,385
|
|
|
|
16,868
|
|
|
|
27,280
|
|
|
|
11,899
|
|
|
|
16,314
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
9,443
|
|
|
|
18,614
|
|
|
|
34,328
|
|
|
|
14,032
|
|
|
|
26,581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development (1)
|
|
|
5,517
|
|
|
|
7,034
|
|
|
|
9,720
|
|
|
|
4,135
|
|
|
|
7,168
|
|
Sales and marketing (1)
|
|
|
8,004
|
|
|
|
10,050
|
|
|
|
15,699
|
|
|
|
6,939
|
|
|
|
11,432
|
|
General and administrative (1)
|
|
|
2,166
|
|
|
|
3,045
|
|
|
|
4,936
|
|
|
|
1,870
|
|
|
|
5,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
15,687
|
|
|
|
20,129
|
|
|
|
30,355
|
|
|
|
12,944
|
|
|
|
24,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(6,244
|
)
|
|
|
(1,515
|
)
|
|
|
3,973
|
|
|
|
1,088
|
|
|
|
2,571
|
|
Other income (expense)
net
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
(238
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before provision for
income taxes
|
|
|
(6,251
|
)
|
|
|
(1,391
|
)
|
|
|
4,221
|
|
|
|
1,124
|
|
|
|
2,333
|
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(219
|
)
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(6,251
|
)
|
|
|
(1,402
|
)
|
|
|
4,002
|
|
|
|
1,060
|
|
|
|
2,148
|
|
Accretion of preferred stock
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) available to
common shareholders
|
|
$
|
(6,277
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,434
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,951
|
|
|
$
|
1,035
|
|
|
$
|
2,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per common share
available to common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
Shares used in computing net income
(loss) per share available to common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
49,345,069
|
|
|
|
53,517,065
|
|
|
|
66,091,748
|
|
|
|
63,071,772
|
|
|
|
80,739,432
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
49,345,069
|
|
|
|
53,517,065
|
|
|
|
84,867,945
|
|
|
|
74,758,789
|
|
|
|
120,403,099
|
|
Unaudited pro forma net income per
share available to common shareholders (2):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
Unaudited shares used in computing
pro forma net income per share available to common shareholders
(2):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
299,256,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
313,903,801
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
318,032,314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
353,567,468
|
|
5
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes stock-based compensation
expense as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Six Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cost of product revenue
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
Cost of support and services revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
1,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
1,457
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
See note 2 to our consolidated
financial statements for a description of the method used to
compute basic and diluted net income (loss) per share available
to common shareholders. Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted
net income per share available to common shareholders have been
computed to give effect to
the -for-
reverse split of our outstanding common stock prior to the
closing of this offering and the assumed conversion of
redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this
offering on an if-converted basis for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2006 and the six-month period ended
December 31, 2006.
|
The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data set forth below
give effect to the conversion of all outstanding redeemable
convertible preferred stock into common stock and the
reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to
additional paid-in capital upon the completion of this offering.
The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data set
forth below give effect to our receipt of the net proceeds from
the sale
of shares
of common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public
offering price of $ per
share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma As
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Adjusted(1)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated balance sheet
data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
15,317
|
|
|
$
|
15,317
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
20,878
|
|
|
|
20,878
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock warrant liability
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
39,736
|
|
|
|
39,736
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred
stock
|
|
|
56,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
(deficit)
|
|
|
(37,371
|
)
|
|
|
19,565
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in
the assumed public offering price of
$ per share would increase or
decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents,
working capital, total assets and total shareholders
equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately
$ million, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of
this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
|
6
RISK
FACTORS
This offering and an investment in our common stock involve a
high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and
uncertainties described below, together with all of the other
information in this prospectus, including the consolidated
financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end
of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common
stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our
business, financial condition, results of operations and future
prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that
event, the market price of our common stock could decline and
you could lose part or all of your investment.
Risks
Related to Our Business
Our
recent profitability and growth rates may not be indicative of
our future profitability or growth, and we may not be able to
continue to maintain or increase our profitability or
growth.
While we have been profitable in recent periods, we had an
accumulated deficit of $88.7 million as of
December 31, 2006. This accumulated deficit is attributable
to net losses incurred from our inception in September 1996
through the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2005. We may not
succeed in maintaining or increasing our profitability and could
incur losses in future periods. We expect to incur significant
additional operating expenses associated with being a public
company. We also expect that our operating expenses, including
recognition of stock-based compensation, will continue to
increase in all areas as we seek to grow our business. If our
gross profit does not increase to offset these expected
increases in operating expenses, our operating results will be
negatively affected. You should not consider our recent growth
rates in terms of revenue and net income as indicative of our
future growth. Accordingly we cannot assure you that we will be
able to maintain or increase our profitability in the future.
The
market in which we operate is intensely competitive, and many of
our competitors are larger, more established and better
capitalized than we are.
The market for IP telecommunications and other
telecommunications systems is extremely competitive. Our
competitors include companies that offer IP systems, such as
Cisco Systems, Inc. and 3Com Corporation, and that offer
hybrid systems, such as Alcatel-Lucent, Avaya, Inc., Inter-Tel
Incorporated, Mitel Networks Corporation (which recently
announced that it has agreed to acquire Inter-Tel Incorporated)
and Nortel Networks Corporation. Several of the companies that
offer hybrid systems are beginning to also offer IP
telecommunications systems. Many of our competitors are
substantially larger and have greater financial, technical,
research and development, sales and marketing, manufacturing,
distribution and other resources. We could also face competition
from new market entrants, whether from new ventures or from
established companies moving in to the market. These competitors
have various other advantages over us, including:
|
|
|
|
|
greater market presence, name recognition and brand reputation;
|
|
|
|
a larger installed base of telecommunications and networking
systems with enterprise customers;
|
|
|
|
larger and more geographically distributed services and support
organizations and capabilities;
|
|
|
|
a broader offering of telecommunications and networking
products, applications and services;
|
|
|
|
a more established international presence to address the needs
of global enterprises;
|
|
|
|
substantially larger patent and intellectual property portfolios;
|
|
|
|
longer operating histories;
|
|
|
|
a longer history of implementing large-scale telecommunications
or networking systems;
|
|
|
|
more established relationships with industry participants,
customers, suppliers, distributors and other technology
companies; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the ability to acquire technologies or consolidate with other
companies in the industry to compete more effectively.
|
7
Given their capital resources, many of these competitors are in
a better position to withstand any significant reduction in
capital spending by enterprise customers on telecommunications
equipment and are not as susceptible to downturns in a
particular market. This risk is enhanced because we focus our
business solely on the enterprise IP telecommunications market
and do not have a diversified portfolio of products that are
applicable to other market segments.
We compete primarily on the basis of price, feature set,
reliability, scalability, usability, total cost of ownership and
service. Because our competitors have greater financial strength
than we do and are able to offer a more diversified bundle of
products and services, they have offered and in the future may
offer telecommunications products at lower prices than we do.
These larger competitors can also bundle products with other
services, such as hosted or managed services, effectively
reducing the price of their products. In order to remain
competitive from a cost perspective, we have in the past reduced
the prices of our products, and we may be required to do so in
the future, in order to gain enterprise customers. Price
reductions could have a negative effect on our gross margins.
Our competitors may also be able to devote more resources to
developing new or enhanced products, including products that may
be based on new technologies or standards. If our
competitors products become more accepted than our
products, our competitive position will be impaired and we may
not be able to increase our revenue or may experience decreased
gross margins. If any of our competitors products or
technologies become the industry standard, if they are
successful in bringing their products to market earlier, or if
their products are more technologically capable than ours, then
our sales could be materially adversely affected. We may not be
able to maintain or improve our competitive position against our
current or future competitors, and our failure to do so could
materially and adversely affect our business.
As
voice and data networks converge, we are likely to face
increased competition from companies in the information
technology, personal and business applications and software
industries.
The convergence of voice and data networks and their wider
deployment by enterprises has led information technology and
communication applications deployed on converged networks to
become more integrated. This integration has created an
opportunity for the leaders in information technology, personal
and business applications and the software that connects the
network infrastructure to those applications, to enter the
telecommunications market and offer products that compete with
our systems. Competition from these potential market entrants
may take many forms, and they may offer products and
applications similar to those we offer. For example, Microsoft
Corporation has recently announced its unified communications
product roadmap. This includes its recently introduced
Office Communicator 2007, which Microsoft stated
will allow end users to control communications, including voice
over IP, through the Office Communicator application on their
PC, which we expect will provide functionality similar to that
offered by our Personal Call Manager application. Microsoft has
also announced plans to introduce Exchange Server 2007, a
product that will offer competing unified messaging
capabilities. Microsoft has also developed an IP phone and has
licensed the rights to produce such phones to third parties. In
addition, Microsoft has also entered into alliances with several
of our competitors, and in July 2006 announced an extensive
relationship with Nortel for the production of
IP-based
communications equipment that will be integrated with the
Microsoft systems and Office Communicator. Microsoft and other
leaders in the information technology, personal and business
applications and software industries, have substantial financial
and other resources that they could devote to this market.
If Microsoft continues to move into the telecommunications
market or if other new competitors from the information
technology, personal and business applications or software
industries enter the telecommunications market, the market for
IP telecommunications systems will become increasingly
competitive. If the solutions offered by Microsoft or other new
competitors achieve substantial market penetration, we may not
be able to maintain or improve our market position, and our
failure to do so could materially and adversely affect our
business and results of operations.
8
If the
emerging market for enterprise IP telecommunications systems
does not fully develop, our future business would be
harmed.
The market for enterprise IP telecommunications systems has
begun to develop only recently, is evolving rapidly and is
characterized by an increasing number of market entrants. As is
typical of a new and rapidly evolving industry, the demand for
and market acceptance of, enterprise IP telecommunications
systems products and services are uncertain. We cannot assure
you that enterprise telecommunications systems that operate on
IP networks will become widespread. In particular, enterprises
that have already invested substantial resources in other means
of communicating information may be reluctant or slow to
implement an IP telecommunications system that can require
significant initial capital expenditures as compared to a hybrid
system that might require a lower initial capital expenditure
despite higher potential total expenditures over the long term.
If the market for enterprise IP telecommunications systems fails
to develop or develops more slowly than we anticipate, our
products could fail to achieve market acceptance, which in turn
could significantly harm our business. This growth may be
inhibited by a number of factors, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
initial costs of implementation for a new system;
|
|
|
|
quality of infrastructure;
|
|
|
|
security concerns;
|
|
|
|
equipment, software or other technology failures;
|
|
|
|
regulatory encroachments;
|
|
|
|
inconsistent quality of service;
|
|
|
|
perceived unreliability or poor voice quality over IP networks
as compared to circuit-switched networks; and
|
|
|
|
lack of availability of cost-effective, high-speed network
capacity.
|
Moreover, as
IP-based
data communications and telecommunications usage grow, the
infrastructure used to support these services, whether public or
private, may not be able to support the demands placed on them
and their performance or reliability may decline. Even if
enterprise IP telecommunications systems become more widespread
in the future, we cannot assure you that our products will
attain broad market acceptance.
Our
operating results may fluctuate in the future, which could cause
our stock price to decline.
Our quarterly and annual results of operations may fluctuate in
the future as a result of a variety of factors, some of which
may be outside of our control. If our results of operations fall
below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the
price of our common stock could decline substantially.
Fluctuations in our quarterly or annual results of operations
may be due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
the timing and volume of shipments of our products during a
particular period;
|
|
|
|
the timing and success of new product introductions by us or our
competitors;
|
|
|
|
changes in our or our competitors pricing policies or
sales terms;
|
|
|
|
changes in the mix of our products and services sold during a
particular period;
|
|
|
|
the amount and timing of operating costs related to the
maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and
infrastructure;
|
|
|
|
our ability to control costs, including third-party
manufacturing costs and costs of components;
|
|
|
|
our ability to obtain sufficient supplies of components;
|
|
|
|
our ability to maintain sufficient production volumes for our
products;
|
|
|
|
volatility in our stock price, which may lead to higher stock
compensation expenses pursuant to Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123(R),
Share-Based
Payment
, or SFAS 123(R);
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
the timing of costs related to the development or acquisition of
technologies or businesses;
|
|
|
|
|
|
conditions specific to the IP telecommunications market, such as
rates of adoption of IP telecommunications systems and
introduction of new standards;
|
|
|
|
|
|
changes in domestic and international regulatory environments
affecting the Internet and telecommunications industries;
|
|
|
|
|
|
seasonality in our target markets; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the purchasing and budgeting cycles of enterprise customers.
|
Because our operating expenses are largely fixed in the
short-term, any shortfalls in revenue in a given period would
have a direct and adverse effect on our operating results in
that period. We believe that our quarterly and annual revenue
and results of operations may vary significantly in the future
and that
period-to-period
comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. You
should not rely on the results of one period as an indication of
future performance.
We
rely on third-party resellers to sell our products, and
disruptions to, or our failure to develop and manage, our
distribution channels and the processes and procedures that
support them could adversely affect our business.
Approximately 92% of our total revenue in fiscal 2006 was
generated through indirect channel sales. These indirect sales
channels consist of third-party resellers that market and sell
telecommunications systems and other products and services to
customers. We expect indirect channel sales will continue to
generate a substantial majority of our total revenue in the
future. Our future success is highly dependent upon establishing
and maintaining successful relationships with a variety of
third-party resellers of telecommunications products and
services. In addition, we rely on these entities to provide many
of the installation, implementation and support services for our
products. Accordingly, our success depends in large part on the
effective performance of these channel partners. By relying on
channel partners, we may in some cases have little or no contact
with the ultimate users of our products, thereby making it more
difficult for us to establish brand awareness, ensure proper
delivery and installation of our products, service ongoing
enterprise customer requirements and respond to evolving
enterprise customer needs. This difficulty could be more
pronounced in international markets, where we expect that
enterprise customers will purchase our systems from a channel
partner that purchased through a distributor. Additionally, some
of our channel partners are smaller companies that may not have
the same financial resources as other of our larger channel
partners, which could in some cases expose us to additional
collections risk. As of June 30, 2005 and 2006, we had
approximately 210 and 340, respectively, third-party resellers
in our channel partner program. Historically, we have
experienced relatively low turnover of the resellers in our
program, with 13 and 19 members leaving the program in fiscal
2005 and fiscal 2006, respectively.
Recruiting and retaining qualified channel partners and training
them in our technology and products requires significant time
and resources. In order to develop and expand our distribution
channel, we must continue to scale and improve our processes and
procedures that support our channel, including investment in
systems and training, and those processes and procedures may
become increasingly complex and difficult to manage. We have no
long-term contracts or minimum purchase commitments with any of
our channel partners, and our contracts with these channel
partners do not prohibit them from offering products or services
that compete with ours. Our competitors may be effective in
providing incentives to existing and potential channel partners
to favor their products or to prevent or reduce sales of our
products. Our channel partners may choose not to offer our
products exclusively or at all. Our failure to establish and
maintain successful relationships with channel partners would
likely materially adversely affect our business, operating
results and financial condition.
Our
sales cycle can be lengthy and unpredictable, which makes it
difficult to forecast the amount of our sales and operating
expenses in any particular period.
The sales cycle for our products typically ranges from six to
nine months, and in some cases can be over 12 months.
Part of our strategy is to increasingly target our sales efforts
on larger enterprises. Because the sales cycle for large
enterprises is generally longer than for smaller enterprises,
our sales cycle in the future may be even longer than it has
been historically. As a result, we may have limited ability to
forecast whether or in which period a
10
sale will occur. The success of our product sales process is
subject to many factors, some of which we have little or no
control over, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the timing of enterprise customers budget cycles and
approval processes;
|
|
|
|
a technical evaluation or trial by potential enterprise
customers;
|
|
|
|
our ability to introduce new products, features or functionality
in a manner that suits the needs of a particular enterprise
customer;
|
|
|
|
the announcement or introduction of competing products; and
|
|
|
|
the strength of existing relationships between our competitors
and potential enterprise customers.
|
We may expend substantial time, effort and money educating our
current and prospective enterprise customers as to the value of,
and benefits delivered by, our products, and ultimately fail to
produce a sale. If we are unsuccessful in closing sales after
expending significant resources, our operating results will be
adversely affected. Furthermore, if sales forecasted for a
particular period do not occur in such period, our operating
results for that period could be substantially lower than
anticipated and the market price of our common stock could
decline.
Our
products incorporate some sole sourced components and the
inability of these sole source suppliers to provide adequate
supplies of these components may prevent us from selling our
products for a significant period of time or limit our ability
to deliver sufficient amounts of our products.
We rely on sole or limited numbers of suppliers for several key
components utilized in the assembly of our products. For
example, we source semiconductors that are essential to the
operation of our phones from separate single suppliers, and we
have not identified or qualified any alternative suppliers for
these components. We do not have supply agreements with our sole
source suppliers, and the components for our products are
typically procured by our contract manufacturers. If we lose
access to these components we may not be able to sell our
products for a significant period of time, and we could incur
significant costs to redesign our products or to qualify
alternative suppliers. This reliance on a sole source or limited
number of suppliers involves several additional risks, including:
|
|
|
|
|
supplier capacity constraints;
|
|
|
|
price increases;
|
|
|
|
timely delivery; and
|
|
|
|
component quality.
|
This reliance is exacerbated by the fact that we maintain a
relatively small amount of inventory and our contract
manufacturers typically acquire components only as needed. As a
result, our ability to respond to enterprise customer orders
efficiently may be constrained by the then-current availability
or the terms and pricing of these components. Disruption or
termination of the supply of these components could delay
shipments of our products and could materially and adversely
affect our relationships with current and prospective enterprise
customers. For example, in December 2004, our power supply
component vendor was unable to provide sufficient components,
and we had to obtain this component from another source. Also,
from time to time we have experienced component quality issues
with products obtained from our contract manufacturers. For
example, in the first quarter of our 2005 fiscal year, we had to
expend resources to fix keys that were not working properly on
some of our phones. In addition, any increase in the price of
these components could reduce our gross margin and adversely
impact our profitability. We cannot assure you that we will be
able to obtain a sufficient quantity of these components to meet
the demands of enterprise customers in a timely manner or that
prices of these components will not increase. In addition,
problems with respect to yield and quality of these components
and timeliness of deliveries could occur. These delays could
also materially and adversely affect our operating results.
11
Our
business may be harmed if our contract manufacturers are not
able to provide us with adequate supplies.
We outsource the manufacturing of our products. Currently, we
have arrangements for the production of our switches with a
contract manufacturer in California and for the production of
our phones with a contract manufacturer located in China. Our
reliance on contract manufacturers involves a number of
potential risks, including the absence of adequate capacity and
reduced control over delivery schedules.
We depend on our contract manufacturers to finance the
production of goods ordered and to maintain adequate
manufacturing capacity. We do not exert direct control over our
contract manufacturers, so we may be unable to procure timely
delivery of acceptable products to our enterprise customers.
If sales of our products continue to grow, one or both of our
contract manufacturers may not have sufficient capacity to
enable it to increase production to meet the demand for our
products. Moreover, both of our contract manufacturers could
have manufacturing engagements with companies that are much
larger than we are and whose production needs are much greater
than ours. As a result, one or both of our contract
manufacturers may choose to devote additional resources to the
production of products other than ours if capacity is limited.
In addition, our contract manufacturers do not have any written
contractual obligation to accept any purchase order that we
submit for the manufacture of any of our products nor do we have
any assurance that our contract manufacturers will agree to
manufacture and supply any or all of our requirements for our
products. Furthermore, either of our contract manufacturers may
unilaterally terminate their relationship with us at any time
upon 180 days notice with respect to the contract
manufacturer of our switches and 120 days notice with
respect to the contract manufacturer of our phones or seek to
increase the prices they charge us. For example, in January
2005, one of our former contract manufacturers, which at the
time was the sole manufacturer of our switches, notified us that
it was terminating its relationship with us upon six months of
advance notice, which required us to qualify and obtain a new
contract manufacturer. As a result, we are not assured that our
current manufacturers will continue to provide us with an
uninterrupted supply of products of at an acceptable price in
the future.
Even if our contract manufacturers accept and fulfill our
orders, it is possible that the products may not meet our
specifications. Because we do not control the final assembly and
quality assurance of our products, there is a possibility that
these products may contain defects or otherwise not meet our
quality standards, which could result in warranty claims against
us that could adversely affect our operating results and future
sales.
If our contract manufacturers are unable or unwilling to
continue manufacturing our products in required volumes and to
meet our quality specifications, or if they significantly
increase their prices, we will have to identify one or more
acceptable alternative contract manufacturers. The process of
identifying and qualifying a new contract manufacturer can be
time consuming, and we may not be able to substitute suitable
alternative contract manufacturers in a timely manner or at
acceptable prices. Additionally, transitioning to new contract
manufacturers may cause delays in supply if the new contract
manufacturers have difficulty manufacturing products to our
specifications or quality standards. Furthermore, we do not own
the electronic design for our phones, hence it may be more
difficult or costly for us to change the contract manufacturer
of our phones or to arrange for an alternate of or a replacement
for these products in a timely manner should a transition be
required. This could also subject us to the risk that our
competitors could obtain phones containing technology that is
the same as or similar to the technology in our phones.
Any disruption in the supply of products from our contract
manufacturers may harm our business and could result in a loss
of sales and an increase in production costs, which could
adversely affect our business and results of operations.
The
gross margins on our products may decrease due to competitive
pressures or otherwise, which could negatively impact our
profitability.
It is possible that the gross margins on our products will
decrease in the future in response to competitive pricing
pressures, new product introductions by us or our competitors,
changes in the costs of components or other factors. If we
experience decreased gross margins and we are unable to respond
in a timely manner by introducing
12
and selling new, higher-margin products successfully and
continually reducing our product costs, our gross margins may
decline, which will harm our business and results of operations.
If we
fail to make necessary improvements to address material
weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting
noted by our independent registered public accounting firm, we
may not be able to report our financial results accurately and
timely or prevent fraud, any of which could harm our business,
reputation and cause the price of our common stock to
decline.
In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the
six-month period ended December 31, 2006, our independent
registered public accounting firm noted in their report to our
audit committee that we had the following material weaknesses in
our internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
we do not have a sufficient number of accounting personnel with
the relevant technical accounting and financial reporting
experience and skills to facilitate the preparation of timely
and accurate consolidated financial statements; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
we do not have sufficient internal controls related to the
identification of all products and services associated with a
sales arrangement, including commitments made by our sales and
marketing personnel and channel partners to provide specified
upgrades, services or additional products to customers in the
future, including through product roadmap presentations to
customers or otherwise made available through our website.
|
Additionally, two significant deficiencies in the design or
operation of our internal control over financial reporting were
noted.
A material weakness in internal control over financial reporting
is a reportable condition in which the design or operation of
one or more accounting controls and procedures does not reduce
to a relatively low likelihood the risk that a material
misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will
not be prevented or detected within a timely period by employees
in the normal course of performing their assigned functions.
These material weaknesses resulted in a number of audit
adjustments to our consolidated financial statements for the
six-month period ended December 31, 2006 that were noted
during the course of the audit. In addition, these material
weaknesses contributed to delays in the completion of the audit.
We are in the process of taking steps intended to remedy these
material weaknesses and significant deficiencies, and we will
not be able to fully address these material weaknesses and
significant deficiencies until these steps have been completed.
If we fail to further increase and maintain the number and
expertise of our staff for our accounting and finance functions
and to improve and maintain internal control over financial
reporting adequate to meet the demands that will be placed upon
us as a public company, including the requirements of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may be unable to report our financial
results accurately and prevent fraud. If we cannot do so, our
business, reputation and stock price may decline.
Furthermore, SEC rules require that, as a publicly-traded
company following completion of this offering, we file periodic
reports containing our financial statements within a specified
time following the completion of quarterly and annual periods.
Prior to this offering, we have never been required to have our
financial statements completed and reviewed or audited within a
specified period, and, as such, we may experience difficulty in
meeting the SECs reporting requirements in a timely
manner. Any failure by us to timely file our periodic reports
with the SEC could harm our reputation and reduce the market
price of our common stock.
Even if we are able to report our financial statements
accurately and timely, if we do not make all the necessary
improvements to address the material weaknesses, continued
disclosure of our material weaknesses will be required in future
filings with the SEC, which could cause our reputation to be
harmed and our stock price to decline.
We
will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating
as a public company, and our management will be required to
devote substantial time to public company compliance
initiatives. These added costs and required management focus
could adversely affect our operating results.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting
and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.
In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules
subsequently implemented by the SEC and
13
the NASDAQ Stock Market, have imposed a variety of new
requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in
corporate governance practices. Our management and other
personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to
these new compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and
regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance
costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and
costly. For example, we expect these new rules and regulations
will make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain
director and officer liability insurance, and we will be
required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or
similar coverage.
In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other
things, that we maintain effective internal control over
financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In
particular, commencing in fiscal 2008, we must perform system
and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over
financial reporting to allow management and our independent
registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness
of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our compliance with
Section 404 will require that we incur substantial
accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We
currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need
to hire additional accounting and financial staff with
appropriate public company experience and technical accounting
knowledge. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the
requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or
our independent registered public accounting firm continues to
note or identify deficiencies in our internal controls over
financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses,
the market price of our stock could decline and we could be
subject to sanctions or investigations by the NASDAQ Stock
Market, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would
require additional financial and management resources.
The increased costs associated with operating as a public
company may decrease our net income or increase our net loss,
and may cause us to reduce costs in other areas of our business
or increase the prices of our products or services to offset the
effect of such increased costs. Additionally, if these
requirements divert our managements attention from other
business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we
fail to develop and introduce new products and features in a
timely manner, or if we fail to manage product transitions, we
could experience decreased revenue or decreased selling prices
in the future.
Our future growth depends on our ability to develop and
introduce new products successfully. Due to the complexity of
the type of products we produce, there are significant technical
risks that may affect our ability to introduce new products and
features successfully. In addition, we must commit significant
resources to developing new products and features before knowing
whether our investments will result in products that are
accepted by the market. The success of new products depends on
many factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the ability of our products to compete with the products and
solutions offered by our competitors;
|
|
|
|
the cost of our products;
|
|
|
|
the reliability of our products;
|
|
|
|
the timeliness of the introduction and delivery of our
products; and
|
|
|
|
the market acceptance of our products.
|
If we are unable to develop and introduce new products in a
timely manner or in response to changing market conditions or
enterprise customer requirements, or if these products do not
achieve market acceptance, our operating results could be
materially and adversely affected.
Product introductions by us in future periods may also reduce
demand for, or cause price declines with respect to, our
existing products. As new or enhanced products are introduced,
we must successfully manage the transition from older products,
avoid excessive levels of older product inventories and ensure
that sufficient supplies of new products can be delivered to
meet enterprise customer demand. Our failure to do so could
adversely affect our revenue, gross margins and other operating
results.
14
If we
fail to respond to technological changes and evolving industry
standards, our products could become obsolete or less
competitive in the future.
The telecommunications industry is highly competitive and
characterized by rapidly changing technologies and standards,
frequent product introductions and short product life cycles.
Accordingly, our operating results depend upon, among other
things, our ability to develop and introduce new products and
our ability to reduce production costs of existing products. The
process of developing new technologies and products is complex,
and if we are unable to develop enhancements to, and new
features for, our existing products or acceptable new products
that keep pace with technological developments or industry
standards, our products may become obsolete, less marketable and
less competitive and our business will be harmed.
In addition, as industry standards evolve, it is possible that
one standard becomes predominant in the market. This could
facilitate the entry into the market of competing products,
which could result in significant pricing pressure.
Additionally, if one standard becomes predominant and we adopt
that standard, enterprises may be able to create a unified,
integrated system by using phones, switches, servers,
applications, or other telecommunications products produced by
different companies. Therefore, we may be unable to sell
complete systems to enterprise customers because the enterprise
customers elect to purchase portions of their telecommunications
systems from our competitors. For example, if a single industry
standard is adopted, customers may elect to purchase our
switches, but could purchase software applications and phones
from other vendors. This could reduce our revenue and gross
margins if enterprise customers instead purchase primarily
lower-margin products from us. Conversely, if one standard
becomes predominant, and we do not adopt it, potential
enterprise customers may choose to buy a competing system that
is based on that standard.
Our
products are highly complex and may contain undetected software
or hardware errors, which could harm our reputation and future
product sales.
Because our enterprise customers rely on our products for
telecommunications, an application that is critical to their
business, any failure to provide high quality and reliable
products, whether caused by our own failure or failures by our
contract manufacturer or suppliers, could damage our reputation
and reduce demand for our products. Our products have in the
past contained, and may in the future contain, undetected errors
or defects. Some errors in our products may only be discovered
after a product has been installed and used by enterprise
customers. Any errors or defects discovered in our products
after commercial release could result in loss of revenue, loss
of enterprise customers and increased service and warranty
costs, any of which could adversely affect our business. In
addition, we could face claims for product liability, tort or
breach of warranty. Our purchase orders contain provisions
relating to warranty disclaimers and liability limitations,
which may not be upheld. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its
merit, is costly and may divert managements attention and
adversely affect the markets perception of us and our
products. In addition, if our business liability insurance
coverage proves inadequate or future coverage is unavailable on
acceptable terms or at all, our business, operating results and
financial condition could be adversely affected.
Our
business could be harmed by adverse economic conditions in our
target markets or reduced spending on information technology and
telecommunication products.
Our business depends on the overall demand for information
technology, and in particular for telecommunications systems.
The market we serve is emerging and the purchase of our products
involves significant upfront expenditures. In addition, the
purchase of our products can be discretionary and may involve a
significant commitment of capital and other resources. Weak
economic conditions in our target markets, or a reduction in
information technology or telecommunications spending even if
economic conditions improve, would likely adversely impact our
business, operating results and financial condition in a number
of ways, including longer sales cycles, lower prices for our
products and reduced unit sales.
15
Our
future success depends on our ability to attract and retain key
personnel, and our failure to do so could harm our ability to
grow our business.
Our future success will depend, to a significant extent, on our
ability to attract and retain our key personnel, namely our
management team and experienced sales and engineering personnel.
We must retain and motivate high quality personnel, and we must
also attract and assimilate other highly qualified employees.
Competition for qualified management, technical and other
personnel can be intense, and we may not be successful in
attracting and retaining such personnel. Competitors have in the
past and may in the future attempt to recruit our employees, and
our management and key employees are not bound by agreements
that could prevent them from terminating their employment at any
time. If we fail to attract and retain key employees, our
ability to grow our business could be harmed.
If we
fail to manage our growth effectively, our business could be
harmed.
We have recently experienced a period of rapid growth in our
headcount and operations. In the last year and a half, we have
more than doubled our workforce and significantly expanded our
channel partner network and the number and size of enterprise
customers implementing our systems. We anticipate that we will
further expand our operations. This growth has placed, and
future growth will place, a significant strain on our
management, administrative, operational and financial
infrastructure. Our success will depend in part upon our ability
to manage this growth effectively. To manage the expected growth
of our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to
improve our operational, financial and management controls and
our reporting systems and procedures. Failure to effectively
manage growth could result in difficulty in filling enterprise
customer orders, declines in product quality or customer
satisfaction, increases in costs or other production and
distribution difficulties, and any of these difficulties could
adversely impact our business performance and results of
operations.
We
intend to expand our international operations, which could
expose us to significant risks.
To date we have limited international operations and have not
had material revenue from international enterprise customers.
The future success of our business will depend, in part, on our
ability to expand our operations and enterprise customer base
successfully worldwide. Operating in international markets
requires significant resources and management attention and will
subject us to regulatory, economic and political risks that are
different from those in the United States. Because of our
limited experience with international operations, we cannot
assure you that our international expansion efforts will be
successful. In addition, we will face risks in doing business
internationally that could adversely affect our business,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to comply with differing technical and environmental
standards and certification requirements outside the United
States;
|
|
|
|
difficulties and costs associated with staffing and managing
foreign operations;
|
|
|
|
greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable and longer
payment cycles;
|
|
|
|
the need to adapt our products for specific countries;
|
|
|
|
availability of reliable broadband connectivity and wide area
networks in targeted areas for expansion;
|
|
|
|
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in understanding and complying with local laws,
regulations and customs in foreign jurisdictions;
|
|
|
|
tariffs, export controls and other non-tariff barriers such as
quotas and local content rules;
|
|
|
|
more limited protection for intellectual property rights in some
countries;
|
|
|
|
adverse tax consequences;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could increase
the price of our products outside of the United States, increase
the expenses of our international operations and expose us to
foreign currency exchange rate risk;
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
restrictions on the transfer of funds; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
new and different sources of competition.
|
Our failure to manage any of these risks successfully could harm
our future international operations and our overall business.
Failure
to protect our intellectual property could substantially harm
our business.
Our success and ability to compete are substantially dependent
upon our intellectual property. We rely on patent, trademark and
copyright law, trade secret protection and confidentiality or
license agreements with our employees, enterprise customers,
strategic partners and others to protect our intellectual
proprietary rights. However, the steps we take to protect our
intellectual property rights may be inadequate. We currently
have three issued patents and 11 patent applications in the
United States. We also have one foreign patent application
relating to one of our U.S. patents. We cannot assure you
that any additional patents will be issued. Even if patents are
issued, they may not adequately protect our intellectual
property rights or our products against competitors, and
third-parties may challenge the scope, validity
and/or
enforceability of our issued patents. In addition, other parties
may independently develop similar or competing technologies
designed around any patents that may be issued to us.
In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be
required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect
such rights. We may not be able to detect infringement, and may
lose our competitive position in the market before we are able
to do so. In the event that we detect any infringement of our
intellectual property rights, we intend to enforce such rights
vigorously, and from time to time we may initiate claims against
third parties that we believe are infringing on our intellectual
property rights if we are unable to resolve matters
satisfactorily through negotiation. Litigation brought to
protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be
costly, time-consuming and distracting to management and could
result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual
property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual
property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and
countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our
intellectual property rights. Our failure to secure, protect and
enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our brand
and adversely impact our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
If a
third party asserts that we are infringing on its intellectual
property, whether successful or not, it could subject us to
costly and time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses,
which could harm our business.
There is considerable patent and other intellectual property
development activity in our industry. Our success depends, in
part, upon our not infringing upon the intellectual property
rights of others. Our competitors, as well have a number of
other entities and individuals, own or claim to own intellectual
property relating to our industry. From time to time, third
parties may claim that we are infringing upon their intellectual
property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon such
rights. Third-parties have in the past sent us correspondence
regarding their intellectual property and in the future we may
receive claims that our products infringe or violate their
intellectual property rights. For example, in January 2007, we
received a letter from Rates Technology Inc. alleging that one
or more of our products or services infringed on two patents
owned by it, and, in April 2007, it filed a lawsuit alleging
that we have infringed these two patents. See
Business Legal Proceedings for a further
discussion of this lawsuit. Furthermore, we may be unaware of
the intellectual property rights of others that may cover some
or all of our technology or products. Any claims or litigation
could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if
successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay
substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from
selling our products, or require that we comply with other
unfavorable terms. In addition, we may decide to pay substantial
settlement costs in connection with any claim or litigation,
whether or not successfully asserted against us. Even if we were
to prevail, any litigation regarding our intellectual property
could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of
our management and key personnel from our business operations.
Litigation with respect to intellectual property rights in the
telecommunications industries is not uncommon and can often
involve patent holding companies who have little or no product
revenue and against whom our own patents may provide little or
no deterrence. We may also be obligated to indemnify our
enterprise customers or business partners in connection with any
such litigation, which could further exhaust our resources.
Furthermore, as
17
a result of an intellectual property challenge, we may be
required to enter into royalty, license or other agreements. We
may not be able to obtain these agreements on terms acceptable
to us or at all. In addition, disputes regarding our
intellectual property rights may deter distributors selling our
products and dissuade potential enterprise customers from
purchasing such products. As such, third-party claims with
respect to intellectual property may increase our cost of goods
sold or reduce the sales of our products, and may have a
material and adverse effect on our business.
Our
products include third-party technology and intellectual
property, which could present additional risks.
We incorporate certain third-party technologies, such as our
contact center, collaboration bridge and network monitoring
software, into our products, and intend to utilize additional
third-party technologies in the future. However, licenses to
relevant third-party technology or updates to those technologies
may not continue to be available to us on commercially
reasonable terms, or at all. Furthermore, we do not own the
electronic design for our phones, hence it may be difficult for
us to arrange for an alternate of or a replacement for these
products in a timely manner. Therefore, we could face delays in
product releases until equivalent technology can be identified,
licensed or developed, and integrated into our current products.
These delays, if they occur, could materially adversely affect
our business.
We are
subject to environmental and other health and safety regulations
that may increase our costs of operations or limit our
activities.
We are subject to environmental and other health and safety
regulations relating to matters such as reductions in the use of
harmful substances, the use of lead-free soldering and the
recycling of products and packaging materials. For example, the
European Parliament and the Counsel of the European Union have
published directives on waste electrical and electronic
equipment and on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous
substances in electrical and electronic equipment. These
directives generally require electronics producers to bear the
cost of collection, treatment, recovery and safe disposal of
past and future products from end users and to ensure that new
electrical and electronic equipment does not contain specified
hazardous substances. While the cost of these directives to us
cannot be determined before regulations are adopted in
individual member states of the European Union, it may be
substantial and may divert resources, which could detract from
our ability to develop new products or operate our business,
particularly if we increase international operations. We may not
be able to comply in all cases with applicable environmental and
other regulations, and if we do not, we may incur remediation
costs or we may not be able to offer our products for sale in
certain countries, which could adversely affect our results.
Some
of our competitors could design their products to prevent or
impair the interoperability of our products with enterprise
customers networks, which could cause installations to be
delayed or cancelled.
Our products must interface with enterprise customer software,
equipment and systems in their networks, each of which may have
different specifications. To the extent our competitors supply
network software, equipment or systems to our enterprise
customers, it is possible these competitors could design their
technologies to be closed or proprietary systems that are
incompatible with our products or to work less effectively with
our products than their own. As a result, enterprise customers
would be incentivized to purchase products that are compatible
with the products and technologies of our competitors over our
products. A lack of interoperability may result in significant
redesign costs and harm relations with our enterprise customers.
If our products do not interoperate with our enterprise
customers networks, installations could be delayed or
orders for our products could be cancelled, which would result
in losses of revenue and enterprise customers that could
significantly harm our business.
Our
revenue may decline as a result of changes in public funding of
educational institutions
In prior periods, public educational institutions have purchased
our products, and we derived approximately 5.0% and 7.4% of our
total revenue from sales to educational institutions in fiscal
2006 and the six-month period ended December 31, 2006. Public
schools receive funding from local tax revenue, and from state
and federal government through a variety of programs, many of
which seek to assist schools located in underprivileged or rural
areas. We believe that the funding for a substantial portion of
our sales to educational institutions comes from federal
funding, in particular the
E-rate
program.
E-rate
is a
program of the Federal Communications Commission
18
that subsidizes the purchase of approved telecommunications,
Internet access, and internal connections costs for eligible
public educational institutions. In the event that the federal
government reduces the amounts dedicated to the
E-rate
program in future periods, or eliminates the program completely,
our sales to educational institutions may be reduced.
Furthermore, if state and local funding of public education is
significantly reduced because of legislative changes or by
fluctuations in tax revenue due to changing economic conditions,
our sales to educational institutions may also be negatively
impacted. Any reduction in spending on telecommunications
systems by educational institutions would likely adversely
affect our business and results of operations.
Our
principal offices and the facilities of our contract
manufacturers are located near known earthquake fault zones, and
the occurrence of an earthquake or other catastrophic disaster
could damage our facilities or the facilities of our contract
manufacturers, which could cause us to curtail our
operations.
Our principal offices and the facilities of one of our contract
manufacturers are located in California near known earthquake
fault zones and, therefore, are vulnerable to damage from
earthquakes. We and our contract manufacturers are also
vulnerable to damage from other types of disasters, such as
power loss, fire, floods and similar events. If any disaster
were to occur, our ability to operate our business could be
seriously impaired. In addition, we may not have adequate
insurance to cover our losses resulting from disasters or other
similar significant business interruptions. Any significant
losses that are not recoverable under our insurance policies
could seriously impair our business and financial condition.
Our
products require reliable broadband connections, and we may be
unable to sell our products in markets where broadband
connections are not yet widely available.
End users of our products must have reliable access to an
enterprise customers wide area network in order for our
products to perform properly. Accordingly, it is not likely that
there will be demand for our products in geographic areas that
do not have a sufficiently reliable infrastructure of broadband
connections. Many geographic locations do not have reliable
infrastructure for broadband connections, particularly in some
international markets. Our future growth could be limited if
broadband connections are not or do not become widely available
in markets that we target.
If our
enterprise customers experience inadequate performance with
their wide area networks, even if unrelated to our systems, our
product performance could be adversely affected, which could
harm our relationships with current enterprise customers and
make it more difficult to attract new enterprise
customers.
Our products rely on the reliable performance of the wide area
networks of enterprise customers. If enterprise customers
experience inadequate performance with their wide area networks,
whether due to outages, component failures, or otherwise, our
product performance would be adversely affected. As a result,
when these types of problems occur with these networks, our
enterprise customers may not be able to immediately identify the
source of the problem, and may conclude that the problem is
related to our products. This could harm our relationships with
our current enterprise customers and make it more difficult to
attract new enterprise customers, which could harm our business.
We
might require additional capital to support our business in the
future, and this capital might not be available on acceptable
terms, or at all.
Although we anticipate that our current cash on hand and the
proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to meet our
currently anticipated cash needs for the next twelve months, if
our cash and cash equivalents balances and any cash generated
from operations and from this offering are not sufficient to
meet our future cash requirements, we will need to seek
additional capital, potentially through debt or equity
financings, to fund our operations. We may also need to raise
additional capital to take advantage of new business or
acquisition opportunities. We may seek to raise capital by,
among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
issuing additional common stock or other equity securities;
|
|
|
|
issuing debt securities; or
|
|
|
|
borrowing funds under a credit facility.
|
19
We cannot assure you that we will be able to raise needed cash
on terms acceptable to us or at all. Financings, if available,
may be on terms that are dilutive or potentially dilutive to our
stockholders, and the prices at which new investors would be
willing to purchase our securities may be lower than the initial
public offering price. The holders of new securities may also
receive rights, preferences or privileges that are senior to
those of existing holders of common stock. In addition, if we
were to raise cash through a debt financing, such debt may
impose conditions or restrictions on our operations, which could
adversely affect our business. If new sources of financing are
required but are insufficient or unavailable, we would be
required to modify our operating plans to the extent of
available funding, which would harm our ability to maintain or
grow our business.
Risks
Related to the Offering
We
cannot assure you that a market will develop for our common
stock or what the market price of our common stock will
be.
Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our
common stock, and we cannot assure you that one will develop or
be sustained after this offering. If a market does not develop
or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your
shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all. We
cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade.
The initial public offering price for our common stock will be
determined through our negotiations with the underwriters and
may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our
common stock will trade after this offering or to any other
established criteria of the value of our business. It is
possible that, in future quarters, our operating results may be
below the expectations of securities analysts or investors. As a
result of these and other factors, the price of our common stock
may decline, and you could lose some or all of your investment.
The
price of our common stock may be volatile and the value of your
investment could decline.
In the past, technology stocks have experienced high levels of
volatility. The trading price of our common stock following this
offering may fluctuate substantially. The price of our common
stock that will prevail in the market after this offering may be
higher or lower than the price you pay, depending on many
factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be
related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could
cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common
stock. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading
price of our common stock include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from
time to time;
|
|
|
|
significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of
technology companies;
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated changes in our results of operations or
fluctuations in our operating results;
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated changes in the expectations of investors
or securities analysts;
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated developments in our competitors
businesses or the competitive landscape generally;
|
|
|
|
litigation involving us, our industry or both;
|
|
|
|
regulatory developments in the United States, foreign countries
or both;
|
|
|
|
|
|
economic conditions and trends in our industry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
major catastrophic events;
|
|
|
|
sales of large blocks of our stock; or
|
|
|
|
departures of key personnel.
|
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price
of a companys securities, securities class action
litigation has often been brought against that company. If our
stock price is volatile, we may become the target of securities
litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial
costs and divert our managements attention and resources
from our business.
20
Future
sales of outstanding shares of our common stock into the market
in the future could cause the market price of our common stock
to drop significantly, even if our business is doing
well.
If our existing stockholders sell a large number of shares of
our common stock or the public market perceives that these sales
may occur, the market price of our common stock could decline.
Based on shares outstanding on December 31, 2006, upon the
completion of this offering, assuming no outstanding options are
exercised prior to the completion of this offering, we will have
approximately shares
of common stock outstanding. All of the shares offered under
this prospectus will be freely tradable without restriction or
further registration under the federal securities laws, unless
purchased by our affiliates. Taking into consideration the
effect of
lock-up
agreements entered into by our stockholders, the remaining
328,685,305 shares outstanding upon the completion of this
offering will be available for sale pursuant to Rules 144
and 701, and the volume, manner of sale and other limitations
under these rules, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
321,653,260 shares of common stock will be eligible for
sale in the public market, beginning on the 181st day after
the date of this prospectus, unless the
lock-up
period is otherwise extended pursuant to its terms, subject in
some cases to the provisions of Rule 144 under the
Securities Act of 1933, unless released sooner by the written
consent of Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.,
however, we have no current intention to request that any shares
be released from lock-up restrictions prior to the expiration of
the lock-up period; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the remainder of the shares will be eligible from time to time
thereafter upon the lapse of our right to repurchase with
respect to any unvested shares.
|
Furthermore, following this offering, certain holders
of shares of our common stock and common stock issued upon
conversion of our preferred stock and warrants will be entitled
to rights with respect to the registration of a total of
274,053,117 shares under the Securities Act. See
Description of Capital Stock Registration
Rights. If we register their shares of common stock
following the expiration of the
lock-up
agreements, these stockholders can immediately sell those shares
in the public market.
In connection with this offering, we intend to register on a
registration statement on
Form S-8
up to approximately 38,104,779 shares of common stock that
are authorized for issuance pursuant to outstanding stock
options granted under our 1997 stock option plan,
50,000,000 shares of common stock that are authorized for
issuance under our 2007 stock option plan and
5,000,000 shares of common stock that are authorized for
issuance under our 2007 employee stock purchase plan. As of
December 31, 2006, 38,104,779 shares were subject to
outstanding options under our 1997 stock option plan, of which
14,333,998 shares were vested as of that date, and of which
an additional 2,321,918 shares will become vested as of
December 31, 2007 (assuming no changes in current vesting
schedules and continuous employment of the holders of these
options). As of December 31, 2006, no shares were subject
to outstanding options under our 2007 equity incentive plan,
although options to purchase 7,377,500 shares were granted
under this plan in April 2007. No shares were subject to
outstanding purchase rights under our 2007 employee stock
purchase plan as of the date of this prospectus. All of these
shares when issued will be subject to the lock-up agreements
referred to above
and shares
held by our affiliates will be subject to Rule 144
restrictions. Once we register these shares, they can be freely
sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to these
lock-up agreements and Rule 144.
If
securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our
business, or if they downgrade our stock, the price of our stock
could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the
availability of research and reports that third-party industry
or financial analysts publish about us. Further, if one or more
of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock, our stock
price may decline. If one or more of these analysts cease
coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market,
which in turn could cause the liquidity of our stock and our
stock price to decline.
Concentration
of ownership among our existing directors, executive officers,
and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from
influencing significant corporate decisions.
Upon closing of this offering, assuming the underwriters
option to purchase additional shares is not exercised, based
upon beneficial ownership as of December 31, 2006, our
current directors, executive officers, holders of more
21
than 5% of our common stock, including funds affiliated with
Crosspoint Venture Partners, Foundation Capital, Lehman Brothers
and J.P. Morgan, and their respective affiliates will, in
the aggregate, beneficially own approximately % of
our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders
will be able to exercise a controlling influence over matters
requiring stockholder approval, including the election of
directors and approval of significant corporate transactions,
and will have significant influence over our management and
policies. Some of these persons or entities may have interests
that are different from yours. For example, these stockholders
may support proposals and actions with which you may disagree or
which are not in your interests. The concentration of ownership
could delay or prevent a change in control of our company or
otherwise discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to
obtain control of our company, which in turn could reduce the
price of our common stock. In addition, these stockholders, some
of whom have representatives sitting on our board of directors,
could use their voting influence to maintain our existing
management and directors in office, delay or prevent changes of
control of our company, or support or reject other management
and board proposals that are subject to stockholder approval,
such as amendments to our employee stock plans and approvals of
significant financing transactions.
We
have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this
offering.
We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net
proceeds we will receive from this offering. Our management will
have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds,
including for any of the purposes described in the section
entitled Use of Proceeds. Accordingly, you will have
to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the
use of the proceeds, with only limited information concerning
managements specific intentions. Our management may spend
a portion or all of the net proceeds from this offering in ways
that our stockholders may not desire or that may not yield a
favorable return. The failure by our management to apply these
funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we
may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that
does not produce income or that loses value.
We do
not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable
future.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common
stock. We intend to retain any earnings to finance the operation
and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying
any cash dividends in the future. As a result, you may only
receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the
market price of our common stock increases.
If you
purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will
experience substantial and immediate dilution.
If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you
will experience substantial and immediate dilution of
$ per share based on an
assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, because the price that you pay will be substantially
greater than the net tangible book value per share of the common
stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to
the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than
the initial public offering price when they purchased their
shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional
dilution upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock
under our equity incentive plans, if we issue restricted stock
to our employees under these plans or if we otherwise issue
additional shares of our common stock.
Our
charter documents and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover that
stockholders consider favorable and could also limit the market
price of our stock.
Upon the completion of this offering, provisions of our restated
certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable
provisions of Delaware law may make it more difficult for or
prevent a third party from acquiring control of us without the
approval of our board of directors. These provisions:
|
|
|
|
|
prohibit stockholder action by written consent, thereby
requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of
our stockholders;
|
|
|
|
limit who may call a special meeting of stockholders;
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
establish a classified board of directors, so that not all
members of our board of directors may be elected at one time;
|
|
|
|
provide our board of directors with the ability to designate the
terms of and issue a new series of preferred stock without
stockholder approval;
|
|
|
|
require the approval of two-thirds of the shares entitled to
vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our
bylaws or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of
incorporation;
|
|
|
|
allow a majority of the authorized number of directors to adopt,
amend or repeal our bylaws without stockholder approval;
|
|
|
|
do not permit cumulative voting in the election of our
directors, which would otherwise permit less than a majority of
stockholders to elect directors; and
|
|
|
|
set limitations on the removal of directors.
|
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law generally limits our ability to engage in any
business combination with certain persons who own 15% or more of
our outstanding voting stock or any of our associates or
affiliates who at any time in the past three years have owned
15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These provisions
may have the effect of entrenching our management team and may
deprive you of the opportunity to sell your shares to potential
acquirers at a premium over prevailing prices. This potential
inability to obtain a control premium could reduce the price of
our common stock.
Please see Description of Capital Stock
Anti-takeover Provisions for a more detailed description
of these provisions.
23
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY
DATA
This prospectus, particularly in the sections entitled
Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and
Business, contains forward-looking statements that
are subject to substantial risks and uncertainties. All
statements other than statements of historical facts contained
in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future
financial position, the statements under the caption Our
Strategy in the Prospectus Summary section,
the statements under the caption Our Strategy in the
Business section, other statements regarding our
strategies for growth and current development initiatives,
statement regarding planned expenditures, including capital
expenditures, expansion of our research and development, sales
and marketing and support organizations, and statements
regarding other aspects of our business strategy, and plans and
objectives for future operations, are forward-looking
statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking
statements by terms such as believe,
may, estimate, continue,
anticipate, intend, should,
plan, expect, predict, or
potential, the negative of these terms or other
similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking
statements largely on our current expectations and projections
about future events and financial trends that we believe may
affect our financial condition, results of operations, business
strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements
are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions
described in the section entitled Risk Factors and
elsewhere in this prospectus. We qualify all of our
forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing
environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not
possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we
assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent
to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual
results to differ materially from those contained in any
forward-looking statements we may make. Before investing in our
common stock, investors should be aware that the occurrence of
the events described in the section entitled Risk
Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations
and financial condition.
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as
predictions of future events. Although we believe that the
expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are
reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels
of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected
in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur.
Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility
for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking
statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any
forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this
prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to
changes in our expectations.
This prospectus also contains statistical data and estimates,
including those relating to market size and growth rates of the
markets in which we participate, that we obtained from industry
publications and reports generated by Gartner, Inc. and Nemertes
Research Inc. These publications generally indicate that they
have obtained their information from sources they believe to be
reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of
their information. Although we believe the publications are
reliable, we have not independently verified their data.
You should read this prospectus and the documents that we
reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as
exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus
is a part with the understanding that our actual future results,
levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may
be materially different from what we expect.
24
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of
$ million from our sale of
the shares
of common stock offered by us in this offering, based on an
assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, the midpoint of
the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after
deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the
underwriters option to purchase additional shares is
exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be
approximately $ million. Each
$1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share
would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this
offering by approximately
$ million, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase public
awareness of our company and improve our competitive position,
obtain additional capital, create a public market for our common
stock and facilitate our future access to the public equity
markets. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds
received by us from this offering for working capital and other
general corporate purposes. In addition, we may use a portion of
the proceeds of this offering for possible acquisitions of
complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. We have
no current agreements or commitments with respect to any
material acquisitions.
We currently have no specific plans for the use of the net
proceeds to us from this offering. The amounts and timing of our
actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including
the amount of cash used in or generated by our operations, sales
and marketing activities and competitive pressures. We therefore
cannot estimate the amount of the net proceeds to be used for
any of the purposes described above.
Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net
proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock sold by us
in this offering in short-term, interest bearing, investment
grade securities. We cannot predict whether the net proceeds
will yield a favorable return.
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital
stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any
future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth
and development of our business. We do not intend to pay cash
dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. In
addition, the terms of our current line of credit prohibits the
payment of cash dividends without the lenders consent.
25
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and
capitalization as of December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the conversion of all
outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into common
stock upon the completion of this offering and (2) the
reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to
additional paid-in capital upon the conversion of warrants to
purchase shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock
into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock upon the
completion of this offering; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the sale of the
shares of our common stock offered by us at an assumed initial
public offering price of
$ per share, the midpoint of
the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after
deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us.
|
You should read this table together with Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and our audited consolidated financial
statements and the related notes, each included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro
|
|
|
Pro Forma as
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Forma
|
|
|
Adjusted(1)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
15,317
|
|
|
$
|
15,317
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock warrant liability
|
|
$
|
620
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred
stock, $0.01 par value: 235,862,612 shares authorized,
233,164,369 shares issued or outstanding, actual; no shares
authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro
forma as adjusted
|
|
$
|
56,316
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders (deficit)
equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock, $0.01 par
value: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;
5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding,
pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par
value, 400,000,000 shares authorized,
95,520,936 shares issued and outstanding, actual;
400,000,000 shares authorized, 328,685,305 shares
issued and outstanding, pro forma; 500,000,000 shares
authorized, shares
issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
1,163
|
|
|
|
3,495
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
50,705
|
|
|
|
105,309
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
(289
|
)
|
|
|
(289
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Notes receivable from
shareholder(2)
|
|
|
(219
|
)
|
|
|
(219
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(88,731
|
)
|
|
|
(88,731
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders (deficit)
equity
|
|
$
|
(37,371
|
)
|
|
$
|
19,565
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
19,565
|
|
|
$
|
19,565
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering
price of $ per share would
increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash
equivalents, additional paid-in capital and total
shareholders equity (deficit) by approximately
$ , assuming the number of shares
offered by us, as set
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and
after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions payable by us.
|
The information in the table above includes 576,706 shares
subject to cancellation subsequent to December 31, 2006 in
satisfaction in full of certain indebtedness owed to us, and
excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
38,104,779 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
outstanding options as of December 31, 2006, at a
weighted average exercise price of $0.12 per share;
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,377,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
options granted between January 1, 2007 and April 30,
2007, at an exercise price of $1.13 per share;
|
|
|
|
|
|
708,851 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2006, at a weighted
average exercise price of $0.28 per share; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future grant
or issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan and
5,000,000 shares of common stock to be available for
issuance under our 2007 employee stock purchase plan effective
upon the completion of this offering.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Does not reflect the satisfaction in full of all principal and
interest owed under these notes upon the cancellation of
576,706 shares pursuant to an agreement entered into
subsequent to December 31, 2006 between the note holder and
us.
|
27
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted
immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial
public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro
forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our
outstanding common stock immediately after completion of this
offering.
As of December 31, 2006, we had a pro forma net tangible
book value of $ million, or
$ per share of common stock
outstanding. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is
equal to our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible
assets) less total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number
of outstanding shares of our common stock, which gives effect to
(1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable
convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the
completion of this offering and (2) the reclassification of
the preferred stock warrant liability reflected on our
consolidated balance sheet to additional paid-in capital upon
conversion of warrants to purchase shares of our redeemable
convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase shares of
our common stock upon the completion of this offering.
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share
represents the difference between the amount per share paid by
investors in this offering and pro forma net tangible book value
per share of our common stock immediately after the completion
of this offering. After giving effect to the sale
of shares
of common stock offered by us under this prospectus at an
assumed public offering price of
$ per share, which is the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting
discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro
forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of
December 31, 2006 would have been approximately
$ million, or approximately
$ per share of common stock.
This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible
book value of $ per share to
our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of
$ per share to new investors
purchasing shares in this offering. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering
price per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value
per share as of December 31, 2006, before
giving effect to this offering
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in pro forma net tangible
book value per share attributable to this
offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible
book value per share after giving effect to this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new
investors in this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering
price of $ per share would
increase or decrease, respectively, our pro forma as adjusted
net tangible book value by
$ million, our pro forma as
adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
by $ million per share and
the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by
$ per share, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the
underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
The following table shows, as of December 31, 2006, the
number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total
consideration paid to us and the average price paid per share by
existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing common
stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering
price of $ per share, which
is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, and before deducting the underwriting discount and
estimated offering expenses payable by us.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Price per
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering
price of $ per share would
increase or decrease, respectively, the total consideration paid
by new investors and total consideration paid by all
stockholders by $ million,
assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
payable by us.
If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up
to
additional shares from us in this offering, our pro forma as
adjusted net tangible book value per share as of
December 31, 2006 will be $ ,
representing an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible
book value per share attributable to this offering of
$ to our existing stockholders and
an immediate dilution per share to new investors in this
offering of $ . If the
underwriters option to purchase additional shares is
exercised in full, our existing stockholders would
own % and our new investors would
own % of the total number of shares
of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
The information in the table above includes 576,706 shares
subject to cancellation subsequent to December 31, 2006 in
satisfaction in full of certain indebtedness owed to us, and
excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
38,104,779 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
outstanding options as of December 31, 2006, at a weighted
average exercise price of $0.12 per share;
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,377,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
options granted between January 1, 2007 and April 30,
2007, at an exercise price of $1.13 per share;
|
|
|
|
|
|
708,851 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2006, at a weighted
average exercise price of $0.28 per share; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future grant
or issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan and
5,000,000 shares of common stock to be available for
issuance under our 2007 employee stock purchase plan effective
upon the completion of this offering.
|
To the extent that any options or warrants are exercised, new
options or shares of common stock are issued under our 2007
equity incentive plan or our 2007 employee stock purchase plan
or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future,
there will be further dilution to investors participating in
this offering.
The following table assumes the exercise of all options and
warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
Shares subject to options and
warrants(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Because some of the warrants may be exercised on a net
exercise basis, the actual number of shares of common
stock that may be issued upon exercise of the warrants may be
lower. In addition, warrants to
purchase
shares of common stock have exercise prices that exceed
$ , the midpoint of the range set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Accordingly, these
warrants may never be exercised.
|
29
SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables summarize our selected consolidated
financial data. The consolidated statements of operations data
for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and
the six-month period ended December 31, 2006 and the
consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2005 and
2006 and as of December 31, 2006 have been derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The consolidated balance sheet data as of
June 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the consolidated
statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended
June 30, 2002 and 2003 are derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements, which are not included in
this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data
for the six-month period ended December 31, 2005 have been
derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited
consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis
consistent with our audited financial statements contained in
this prospectus and include, in the opinion of management, all
adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments,
that management considers necessary for the fair presentation of
the financial information set forth in those financial
statements. You should read this data together with our
consolidated financial statements and related notes to those
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and the
information under Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected in any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated statement of
operations data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
|
|
$
|
5,302
|
|
|
$
|
8,537
|
|
|
$
|
16,587
|
|
|
$
|
31,970
|
|
|
$
|
55,300
|
|
|
$
|
23,498
|
|
|
$
|
38,331
|
|
Support and services
|
|
|
1,872
|
|
|
|
1,755
|
|
|
|
2,241
|
|
|
|
3,512
|
|
|
|
6,308
|
|
|
|
2,433
|
|
|
|
4,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
7,174
|
|
|
|
10,292
|
|
|
|
18,828
|
|
|
|
35,482
|
|
|
|
61,608
|
|
|
|
25,931
|
|
|
|
42,895
|
|
Cost of revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product (1)
|
|
|
3,463
|
|
|
|
4,634
|
|
|
|
7,725
|
|
|
|
13,961
|
|
|
|
21,855
|
|
|
|
9,712
|
|
|
|
13,274
|
|
Support and services (1)
|
|
|
2,221
|
|
|
|
2,003
|
|
|
|
1,660
|
|
|
|
2,907
|
|
|
|
5,425
|
|
|
|
2,187
|
|
|
|
3,040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenue
|
|
|
5,684
|
|
|
|
6,637
|
|
|
|
9,385
|
|
|
|
16,868
|
|
|
|
27,280
|
|
|
|
11,899
|
|
|
|
16,314
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
1,490
|
|
|
|
3,655
|
|
|
|
9,443
|
|
|
|
18,614
|
|
|
|
34,328
|
|
|
|
14,032
|
|
|
|
26,581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development (1)
|
|
|
7,100
|
|
|
|
6,118
|
|
|
|
5,517
|
|
|
|
7,034
|
|
|
|
9,720
|
|
|
|
4,135
|
|
|
|
7,168
|
|
Sales and marketing (1)
|
|
|
8,419
|
|
|
|
6,847
|
|
|
|
8,004
|
|
|
|
10,050
|
|
|
|
15,699
|
|
|
|
6,939
|
|
|
|
11,432
|
|
General and administrative (1)
|
|
|
3,538
|
|
|
|
2,731
|
|
|
|
2,166
|
|
|
|
3,045
|
|
|
|
4,936
|
|
|
|
1,870
|
|
|
|
5,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
19,057
|
|
|
|
15,696
|
|
|
|
15,687
|
|
|
|
20,129
|
|
|
|
30,355
|
|
|
|
12,944
|
|
|
|
24,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(17,567
|
)
|
|
|
(12,041
|
)
|
|
|
(6,244
|
)
|
|
|
(1,515
|
)
|
|
|
3,973
|
|
|
|
1,088
|
|
|
|
2,571
|
|
Other income (expense)
net
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
(238
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before provision for
income taxes
|
|
|
(17,598
|
)
|
|
|
(12,022
|
)
|
|
|
(6,251
|
)
|
|
|
(1,391
|
)
|
|
|
4,221
|
|
|
|
1,124
|
|
|
|
2,333
|
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(219
|
)
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(17,598
|
)
|
|
|
(12,022
|
)
|
|
|
(6,251
|
)
|
|
|
(1,402
|
)
|
|
|
4,002
|
|
|
|
1,060
|
|
|
|
2,148
|
|
Accretion of preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) available to
common shareholders
|
|
$
|
(17,598
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,060
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,277
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,434
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,951
|
|
|
$
|
1,035
|
|
|
$
|
2,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share
available to common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(1.86
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.10
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(1.86
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.10
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
Shares used in computing net income
(loss) per share available to common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
9,473,420
|
|
|
|
10,998,047
|
|
|
|
49,345,069
|
|
|
|
53,517,065
|
|
|
|
66,091,748
|
|
|
|
63,071,772
|
|
|
|
80,739,432
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
9,473,420
|
|
|
|
10,998,047
|
|
|
|
49,345,069
|
|
|
|
53,517,065
|
|
|
|
84,867,945
|
|
|
|
74,758,789
|
|
|
|
120,403,099
|
|
Unaudited pro forma net income per
share available to common shareholders(2):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
Unaudited shares used in computing
pro forma net income per share available to common
shareholders(2):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
299,256,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
313,903,801
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
318,032,314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
353,567,468
|
|
30
(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cost of product revenue
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
Cost of support and services revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
1,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
expense
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
446
|
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
1,457
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) See Note 2 to our consolidated financial
statements for a description of the method used to compute basic
and diluted net income (loss) per share available to common
shareholders. Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income
per share available to common shareholders have been computed to
give effect to the -for- reverse split of
our outstanding common stock prior to the closing of this
offering and the assumed conversion of redeemable convertible
preferred stock upon the closing of this offering on an
if-converted basis for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006
and the six month period ended December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated balance sheet
data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
6,182
|
|
|
$
|
3,451
|
|
|
$
|
723
|
|
|
$
|
5,373
|
|
|
$
|
12,333
|
|
|
$
|
15,317
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
3,476
|
|
|
|
3,720
|
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
10,741
|
|
|
|
16,208
|
|
|
|
20,878
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
13,426
|
|
|
|
8,231
|
|
|
|
7,962
|
|
|
|
20,960
|
|
|
|
30,885
|
|
|
|
39,736
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred
stock
|
|
|
79,974
|
|
|
|
42,814
|
|
|
|
46,300
|
|
|
|
56,281
|
|
|
|
56,332
|
|
|
|
56,316
|
|
Total shareholders deficit
|
|
|
(74,721
|
)
|
|
|
(38,374
|
)
|
|
|
(44,596
|
)
|
|
|
(45,713
|
)
|
|
|
(41,168
|
)
|
|
|
(37,371
|
)
|
31
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial
condition and results of operations should be read in
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This
discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ
materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause
or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited
to, those identified below, and those discussed above in the
section entitled Risk Factors. We report results on
a fiscal year ending June 30. For ease of reference within
this section, 2006 refers to the fiscal year ended June 30,
2006, 2005 refers to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005
and 2004 refers to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004. The
consolidated financial data as of and for the six-month period
ended December 31, 2005 are derived from financial
statements that are unaudited.
Overview
We are a leading provider of IP telecommunications solutions for
enterprises. Our solution is comprised of our ShoreGear
switches, ShorePhone IP phones and ShoreWare software
applications. We were founded in September 1996 and shipped our
first system in 1998. We have continued to develop and enhance
our product line since that time. We currently offer nine models
of our switches and five models of our IP phones.
We sell our products primarily through channel partners that
market and sell our systems to enterprises across all
industries, including to small, medium and large companies and
public institutions. We believe our channel strategy allows us
to reach a larger number of prospective enterprise customers
more effectively than if we were to sell directly. The number of
our authorized channel partners has more than doubled since
June 30, 2004 to more than 400 as of December 31,
2006, including 30 in Europe. Channel partners typically
purchase our products directly from us. Our internal sales and
marketing personnel support these channel partners in their
selling efforts. In some circumstances, the enterprise customer
will purchase products directly from us, but in these situations
we typically compensate the channel partner for its sales
efforts. At the request of the channel partner, we often ship
our products directly to the enterprise customer.
Our channel partners generally perform installation and
implementation services for the enterprises that use our
systems. In most cases, our channel partners provide the
post-contractual support to the enterprise customer by providing
first-level support services and purchasing additional services
from us under a post-contractual support contract. For channel
partners without support capabilities or that do not desire to
provide support, we offer full support contracts to provide all
of the support to enterprise customers.
We outsource the manufacturing of our products to contract
manufacturers. Our outsourced manufacturing model allows us to
scale our business without the significant capital investment
and on-going expenses required to establish and maintain a
manufacturing operation. Our switch products are manufactured by
a contract manufacturer in San Jose, California and our
phone products are manufactured by a contract manufacturer in
China. Our contract manufacturers provide us with a range of
operational and manufacturing services, including component
procurement and final testing and assembly of our products. We
work closely with our contract manufacturers to manage the cost
of components, since our total manufacturing costs are directly
tied to component costs. We regularly provide forecasts to our
contract manufacturers, and we order products from our contract
manufacturers based on our projected sales levels. We seek to
maintain sufficient levels of finished goods inventory to meet
our forecasted product sales with limited levels of inventory to
compensate for unanticipated shifts in sales volume and product
mix.
Although we have historically sold our systems primarily to
small and medium sized enterprises, we have recently begun to
expand our sales and marketing activities to increase our focus
on larger enterprise customers. Accordingly, we have implemented
a major accounts program whereby our sales personnel assist our
channel partners to sell to large enterprise accounts, and we
coordinate with our channel partners to enable them to better
serve large multi-site enterprises. To the extent we are
successful in penetrating larger enterprise customers, we expect
that the sales cycle for our products will increase, and that
the demands on our sales and support infrastructure will also
increase.
32
We are headquartered in Sunnyvale, California and the majority
of our personnel work at this location. Sales and support
personnel are located throughout the United States and, to a
lesser extent, in the United Kingdom, Germany, Spain and
Australia. While we expanded our operations to Europe in 2005
and to the Asia Pacific region in 2006, most of our enterprise
customers are located in the United States. Revenue from
international sales has been 3% or less of our total revenue for
2004, 2005, 2006 and the six-month period ended
December 31, 2006, respectively. Although we intend to
focus on increasing international sales, we expect that sales to
enterprise customers in the U.S. will continue to comprise
the significant majority of our sales.
We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, with
our total revenue growing from $18.8 million for 2004 to
$61.6 million for 2006. This growth in revenue has largely
been driven by increased demand for IP telecommunications
systems from new enterprise customers, as well as sales of
additional products to our installed enterprise customer base.
Our operating expenses have also increased significantly from
$15.7 million for 2004 to $30.4 million for 2006. This
growth in operating expenses has primarily been driven by our
growth in headcount, from 76 employees at June 30, 2004 to
174 employees at June 30, 2006, and to 223 employees
at December 31, 2006. We expect to continue to add
personnel in all functional areas, including additional sales
and support personnel. However, we expect our total headcount to
grow at a slower rate as compared to recent periods.
Key
Business Metrics
We monitor a number of key metrics to help forecast growth,
establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of sales and
marketing efforts and measure operational effectiveness.
Initial and repeat sales orders.
Our goal is
to attract a significant number of new enterprise customers and
to encourage existing enterprise customers to purchase
additional products and support. Many enterprise customers make
an initial purchase and deploy additional sites at a later date,
and also buy additional products and support as their businesses
expand. As our installed enterprise customer base has grown we
have experienced an increase in revenue attributable to existing
enterprise customers, which currently represents a significant
portion of our total revenue.
Deferred revenue.
Nearly all system sales
include the purchase of post-contractual support contracts with
terms of up to five years, and our renewal rates on these
contracts have been high historically. We recognize support
revenue on a ratable basis over the term of the support
contract. Since we receive payment for support in advance of our
recognizing the related revenue, we carry a deferred revenue
balance on our consolidated balance sheet. This deferred revenue
helps provide predictability to our future support and services
revenue. Accordingly, the level of purchases of post-contractual
support with our product sales is an important metric for us
along with the renewal rates for these services. Our deferred
revenue balance at December 31, 2006 was $9.4 million,
of which $6.3 million is expected to be recognized within
one year.
Gross margin.
Our gross margin for products is
primarily affected by our ability to reduce hardware costs
faster than the decline in average overall system prices. We
have been able to increase our product gross margin by reducing
hardware costs and through product redesign and volume discount
pricing from our suppliers. For example, in 2004, we introduced
our current family of switches and IP phones, which generally
improved our gross margin. We have also introduced new, lower
cost hardware following these introductions, which has continued
to improve our product gross margin. In general, product gross
margin on our switches is greater than product gross margin on
our IP phones. As the prices and costs of our hardware
components have decreased over time, our software components,
which have lower costs than our hardware components, have
represented a greater percentage of our overall system sales. We
consider our ability to monitor and manage these factors to be a
key aspect of maintaining product gross margins and increasing
our profitability.
Gross margin for support and services is significantly lower
than gross margin for products, and is impacted primarily by
personnel costs and related expenses. The primary goal of our
support and services function is to ensure maximum customer
satisfaction and our investments in support personnel and
infrastructure are made with this goal in mind. We expect that
as our installed enterprise customer base grows, we will be able
to improve gross margin for support and services through
economies of scale. However, the timing of additional
investments in our support and services infrastructure could
materially affect our cost of support and services revenue, both
in absolute dollars and as a percentage of support and services
revenue and total revenue, in any particular period.
33
Operating expense management.
To date, we have
managed our operating expenses so that they have generally
increased at a slower rate than our revenue growth, and we
intend to continue to do so in the future. Our operating
expenses are comprised primarily of compensation and benefits
for our employees and, therefore, the increase in operating
expenses has been related to increases in our headcount. We
intend to expand our workforce to support our anticipated
growth, and therefore our ability to forecast revenue is
critical to managing our operating expenses.
Basis of
Presentation
Revenue.
We derive our revenue from sales of
our IP telecommunications systems and related support and
services. Our typical system includes a combination of IP
phones, switches and software applications. Channel partners buy
our products directly from us. Prices to a given channel partner
depend on that channel partners volume and customer
satisfaction metrics, as well as our own strategic
considerations. In circumstances where we sell directly to the
enterprise customer in transactions that have been assisted by
channel partners, we report our revenue net of any associated
payment to the channel partners that assisted in such sales.
This results in recognized revenue from a direct sale
approximating the revenue that would have been recognized from a
sale of a comparable system through a channel partner. Product
revenue has accounted for 88%, 90%, 90% and 89% of our total
revenue for 2004, 2005, 2006 and the six-month period ended
December 31, 2006, respectively.
Support and services revenue primarily consists of
post-contractual support, and to a lesser extent revenue from
training services and installations that we perform.
Post-contractual support includes software updates which grant
rights to unspecified software license upgrades and maintenance
releases issued during the support period. Post-contractual
support also includes both Internet- and phone-based technical
support. Post-contractual support revenue is recognized ratably
over the contractual service period.
Cost of revenue.
Cost of product revenue
consists primarily of hardware costs, royalties and license fees
for third-party software included in our systems, salary and
related overhead costs of operations personnel, freight,
warranty costs and provision for excess inventory. The majority
of these costs vary with the unit volumes of product sold. Cost
of support and services revenue consists of salary and related
overhead costs of personnel engaged in support and services, and
hence is substantially fixed in the near term.
Research and development expenses.
Research
and development expenses primarily include personnel costs,
outside engineering costs, professional services, prototype
costs, test equipment, software usage fees and allocated
facilities expenses. Research and development expenses are
recognized when incurred. We are devoting substantial resources
to the development of additional functionality for existing
products and the development of new products and related
software applications. We intend to continue to make significant
investments in our research and development efforts because we
believe they are essential to maintaining and improving our
competitive position. Accordingly, we expect research and
development expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars.
Sales and marketing expenses.
Sales and
marketing expenses primarily include personnel costs, sales
commissions, travel, marketing promotional and lead generation
programs, trade shows, professional services fees and allocated
facilities expenses. We plan to continue to invest in
development of our distribution channel by increasing the size
of our field sales force and the number of our channel partners
to enable us to expand into new geographies, including Europe
and Asia Pacific, and further increase our sales to large
enterprises. In conjunction with channel growth, we plan to
increase the investment in our training and support of channel
partners to enable them to more effectively sell our products.
We also plan to continue investing in our domestic and
international marketing activities to help build brand awareness
and create sales leads for our channel partners. We expect that
sales and marketing expenses will increase in absolute dollars
and remain our largest operating expense category.
General and administrative expenses.
General
and administrative expenses relate to our executive, finance,
human resources and information technology organizations.
Expenses primarily include personnel costs, professional fees
for legal, accounting, compliance and information systems,
travel, bad debt expense and allocated facilities expenses. We
expect that in connection with and following this offering, we
will incur significant additional accounting, legal and
compliance costs as well as additional insurance, investor
relations and other costs associated with being a public
company. In addition, as we expand our business, we expect to
increase our general and administrative expenses.
34
The operating lease for our headquarters office expires on
September 30, 2007. We anticipate entering into a new lease
for our existing headquarters facility at prices reflective of
those prevailing in the market at the time of lease execution.
Accordingly, we expect our operating lease obligations to
increase beginning in September 2007.
Other income (expense).
Other income (expense)
primarily consists of interest earned on cash balances and the
change in fair value of preferred stock warrants.
Provision for income taxes.
Provision for
income taxes includes federal, state and foreign tax on our
income. From inception through 2005 we accumulated substantial
net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We fully
reserved the deferred tax asset from these losses and tax
credits on our financial statements. We were profitable in 2006
and had an effective tax rate of approximately 5% in 2006, as a
result of utilizing portions of the deferred tax asset and
reducing the related valuation allowance.
Our effective tax rate for the six-month period ended
December 31, 2006 was 7.9%. Our effective tax rate for the
remainder of 2007 is dependent upon a number of factors,
including the extent of the impact from stock-based compensation
and the extent of possible limitations on our ability to use net
operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We believe we have
had multiple ownership changes, as defined under Section 382 of
the Internal Revenue Code, due to significant stock transactions
in previous years, which may limit the future realization of our
net operating losses and we are currently analyzing these
ownership changes to determine the limitations on our ability to
utilize our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards
under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code in
future periods. At June 30, 2006, we had $84.4 million
and $44.6 million of net operating loss carryforwards for
federal and state purposes, respectively. Based on estimates
prepared to date, we believe the provisions of Section 382
could result in the forfeiture of approximately $72 million
of net operating losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We
believe there could also be an impact on our ability to utilize
California net operating loss carryforwards and our research and
development tax credit carryforwards. As our analysis is
incomplete, these estimates are uncertain. After fiscal 2007, we
anticipate our effective tax rate will increase due to these
limitations on our ability to utilize net operating loss and tax
credit carryforwards, and the extent of the impact from
stock-based compensation.
35
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements
of operations data for each of the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
|
|
$
|
16,587
|
|
|
$
|
31,970
|
|
|
$
|
55,300
|
|
|
$
|
23,498
|
|
|
$
|
38,331
|
|
Support and services
|
|
|
2,241
|
|
|
|
3,512
|
|
|
|
6,308
|
|
|
|
2,433
|
|
|
|
4,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
18,828
|
|
|
|
35,482
|
|
|
|
61,608
|
|
|
|
25,931
|
|
|
|
42,895
|
|
Cost of revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of product (1)
|
|
|
7,725
|
|
|
|
13,961
|
|
|
|
21,855
|
|
|
|
9,712
|
|
|
|
13,274
|
|
Cost of support and services (1)
|
|
|
1,660
|
|
|
|
2,907
|
|
|
|
5,425
|
|
|
|
2,187
|
|
|
|
3,040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenue
|
|
|
9,385
|
|
|
|
16,868
|
|
|
|
27,280
|
|
|
|
11,899
|
|
|
|
16,314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
9,443
|
|
|
|
18,614
|
|
|
|
34,328
|
|
|
|
14,032
|
|
|
|
26,581
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development (1)
|
|
|
5,517
|
|
|
|
7,034
|
|
|
|
9,720
|
|
|
|
4,135
|
|
|
|
7,168
|
|
Sales and marketing (1)
|
|
|
8,004
|
|
|
|
10,050
|
|
|
|
15,699
|
|
|
|
6,939
|
|
|
|
11,432
|
|
General and administrative (1)
|
|
|
2,166
|
|
|
|
3,045
|
|
|
|
4,936
|
|
|
|
1,870
|
|
|
|
5,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
15,687
|
|
|
|
20,129
|
|
|
|
30,355
|
|
|
|
12,944
|
|
|
|
24,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(6,244
|
)
|
|
|
(1,515
|
)
|
|
|
3,973
|
|
|
|
1,088
|
|
|
|
2,571
|
|
Other income (expense)
net
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
(238
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before provision for
income tax
|
|
|
(6,251
|
)
|
|
|
(1,391
|
)
|
|
|
4,221
|
|
|
|
1,124
|
|
|
|
2,333
|
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(219
|
)
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(6,251
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,402
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,002
|
|
|
$
|
1,060
|
|
|
$
|
2,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of product revenue
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
Cost of support and services revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
1,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
expense
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
1,457
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements
of operations data as a percentage of total revenue for each of
the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
88
|
%
|
|
|
90
|
%
|
|
|
90
|
%
|
|
|
91
|
%
|
|
|
89
|
%
|
Support and services
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Cost of revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Support and services
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenue
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Other income (expense)
net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before provision for
income tax
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(33
|
)%
|
|
|
(4
|
)%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-month
period ended December 31, 2006 compared to six-month period
ended December 31, 2005
Revenue.
Total revenue increased
$17 million, or 65%, from $25.9 million in the
six-month period ended December 31, 2005, to
$42.9 million in the six-month period ended
December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily attributable
to increased sales of our products and services. Product revenue
increased by $14.8 million, or 63%, from $23.5 million
in the six-month period ended December 31, 2005, to
$38.3 million in the six-month period ended
December 31, 2006. Support and services revenue increased
$2.1 million, or 88%, from $2.4 million in the
six-month period ended December 31, 2005, to
$4.6 million in the six-month period ended
December 31, 2006, as a result of increased revenue
associated with post-contractual support contracts accompanying
new system sales, post-contractual support contract renewals and
increased revenue from training services and installations.
Gross margin.
Total gross margin increased
from 54% in the six-month period ended December 31, 2005,
to 62% in the six-month period ended December 31, 2006.
Product gross margin increased from 59% in the six-month period
ended December 31, 2005, to 65% in the six-month period
ended December 31, 2006. The increase in product gross
margin was due to improved margins on hardware products as a
result of sales of new hardware products with higher margins and
reduced costs for some existing hardware products. Support and
services gross margin increased from 10% in the six-month period
ended December 31, 2005, to 33% in the six-month period
ended December 31, 2006. The increase was due to support
and service revenue increasing by 88% and service costs only
increasing 39% over the same period in 2005. Compensation for
support and services employees, the largest category of service
costs, increased 48% in the six-month period ended
December 31, 2006, as headcount increased from 24 employees
at December 31, 2005 to 40 employees at December 31,
2006.
37
Research and development.
Research and
development expenses increased $3.0 million, or 73%, from
$4.1 million in the six-month period ended
December 31, 2005, to $7.2 million in the six-month
period ended December 31, 2006. These expenses represented
16% and 17% of total revenue, respectively, in those periods.
Compensation for research and development employees accounted
for $2.1 million of the increase, as headcount increased
from 37 employees at December 31, 2005, to 66 employees at
December 31, 2006. Additionally, professional services,
software usage fees and prototype expenses accounted for
$384,000, $200,000 and $110,000, respectively, of the increase.
Sales and marketing.
Sales and marketing
expenses increased $4.5 million, or 65%, from
$6.9 million in the six-month period ended
December 31, 2005, to $11.4 million in the six-month
period ended December 31, 2006. These expenses represented
27% of total revenue in each period. Salaries, related benefits
and sales commissions represented $2.9 million of this
increase, as headcount increased from 51 employees at
December 31, 2005 to 81 employees at December 31,
2006. Additionally, promotional and lead generation programs,
travel, advertising and public relations and marketing shows and
events accounted for $576,000, $372,000, $230,000 and $217,000
respectively, of the increase.
General and administrative.
General and
administrative expenses increased $3.5 million, or 189%,
from $1.9 million in the six-month period ended
December 31, 2005 to $5.4 million in the six-month
period ended December 31, 2006. These expenses represented
7% and 12% of total revenue, respectively, in those periods.
General and administrative expenses for the six-month period
ended December 31, 2006 includes $1.1 million of
stock-based compensation expense associated with an outstanding
option granted prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R) that is
subject to variable accounting. Variable accounting on this
outstanding option ceased in March 2007 upon the repayment of
the related note receivable in exchange for the surrender of
shares of our common stock having a value equal to the amounts
outstanding under the note. Professional services and audit fees
accounted $786,000 and $568,000, respectively, of the increase.
Salaries and benefits of general and administrative employees
accounted for $623,000 of the increase, as headcount increased
from 15 employees at December 31, 2005 to 22 employees at
December 31, 2006. The remainder of the increase was
attributable to various expenses including travel expenses and
allocated facility expenses.
Other income (expense).
Other income (expense)
decreased $274,000, from $36,000 of other income in the
six-month period ended December 31, 2005, to $238,000 of
other expense in the six-month period ended December 31,
2006. The decrease was due to an expense of $579,000 associated
with the increase in fair value of preferred stock warrants
issued in 2001 and 2003 in conjunction with a line of credit.
The decrease was partially offset by increased interest income
of $265,000 associated with higher average cash balances in the
six-month period ended December 31, 2006 as compared to
average cash balances in the six-month period ended
December 31, 2005.
Income tax provision.
The income tax provision
increased $121,000, from $64,000 in the
six-month
period ended December 31, 2005, to $185,000 in the
six-month period ended December 31, 2006, primarily due to
an increase in our taxable income.
Fiscal
2006 compared to Fiscal 2005
Revenue.
Total revenue increased
$26.1 million, or 74%, from $35.5 million in 2005 to
$61.6 million in 2006. This increase was primarily
attributable to increased sales of our products, including
hardware and software, and services. Product revenue increased
by $23.3 million, or 73%, from $32.0 million in 2005
to $55.3 million in 2006. Support and services revenue
increased by $2.8 million, or 80%, from $3.5 million
in 2005 to $6.3 million in 2006 as a result of increased
revenue associated with post-contractual support contracts
accompanying new system sales and post-contractual support
contract renewals and, to a lesser extent, revenue from training
services and installations. The increase in support and services
revenue reflected our increasing strategic focus on large
enterprise customers and overall growth in system sales.
Gross margin.
Total gross margin increased
from 52% in 2005 to 56% in 2006. Product gross margin increased
from 56% in 2005 to 60% in 2006. The increase in product gross
margin was due to improved margins on hardware products as a
result of sales of new hardware products with higher margins and
reduced costs for some existing hardware products. Support and
services gross margin decreased from 17% in 2005 to 14% in 2006.
The
38
decrease was due to hiring new support and services employees to
build our infrastructure at a faster rate than the growth in our
support and service revenue.
Research and development.
Research and
development expenses increased $2.7 million, or 38%, from
$7.0 million in 2005 to $9.7 million in 2006. These
expenses represented 20% and 16% of total revenue in 2005 and
2006, respectively. Of the increase, $2.0 million was for
salaries and benefits as headcount increased from 37 employees
at June 30, 2005 to 48 employees at June 30, 2006.
Engineering costs for new products, prototype expenses,
allocated facilities expenses and software usage fees accounted
for $288,000, $133,000, $104,000 and $99,000, respectively, of
the increase.
Sales and marketing.
Sales and marketing
expenses increased $5.6 million, or 56%, from
$10.1 million in 2005 to $15.7 million in 2006. These
expenses represented 28% and 26% of total revenue in 2005 and
2006, respectively. Of the increase, $3.7 million was for
salaries, sales commissions and related employee benefits as
headcount increased from 34 employees at the end of 2005 to 66
employees at the end of 2006. Promotional and lead generation
programs, travel, recruiting, training and professional services
accounted for $959,000, $583,000, $140,000, $114,000 and
$93,000, respectively, of the increase.
General and administrative.
General and
administrative expenses increased $1.9 million, or 62%,
from $3.0 million in 2005 to $4.9 million in 2006.
These expenses represented 8% and 8% of total revenue in 2005
and 2006, respectively. Of the increase, $949,000 was for
salaries and benefits as headcount increased from 14 employees
at the end of 2005 to 18 employees at the end of 2006.
Professional services and facilities maintenance costs accounted
for $576,000 and $153,000, respectively, of the increase. The
remainder of the increase was attributable to various expenses
including allocated facilities expenses, expensed equipment, and
an increase in the allowance for bad debts.
Other income.
Other income increased $124,000
from $124,000 in 2005 to $248,000 in 2006. The increase was
primarily due to an increase in interest income, partially
offset by an increase in foreign currency exchange losses and
interest expense. Interest income increased $155,000 due to
higher average cash balances in 2006.
Income tax provision.
The income tax provision
increased $208,000 from $11,000 in 2005 to $219,000 in 2006,
primarily due to an increase in our taxable income.
Fiscal
2005 compared to Fiscal 2004
Revenue.
Total revenue increased
$16.7 million, or 88%, from $18.8 million in 2004 to
$35.5 million in 2005. This increase was primarily
attributable to increased sales of our products and services.
Product revenue increased by $15.4 million, or 93%, from
$16.6 million in 2004 to $32.0 million in 2005.
Support and services revenue increased by $1.3 million, or
57%, from $2.2 million in 2004 to $3.5 million in 2005
as a result of increased revenue associated with
post-contractual support contracts accompanying new system sales
and post-contractual support contract renewals and, to a lesser
extent, revenue from training services and installations
performed by us. Revenue from these other services, primarily
training, increased to $524,000 in 2005.
Gross margin.
Total gross margin increased
from 50% 2004 to 52% in 2005. Product gross margin increased
from 53% in 2004 to 56% in 2005. The increase in product gross
margin was due to sales of our IP phones following their
introduction in June 2004, as these phones had higher margins
than the third-party phones sold with our systems prior to that
time. Support and services gross margin decreased from 26% in
2004 to 17% in 2005. The decrease was due to support and service
employee related costs increasing faster than support and
service revenue over 2004. Support and services headcount
increased from 11 employees at June 30, 2004 to 21
employees at June 30, 2005, due to our ongoing efforts to
build our support and services functions. The reduction in
support and services gross margin resulted in reduction of total
gross margin.
Research and development.
Research and
development expenses increased $1.5 million, or 27%, from
$5.5 million in 2004 to $7.0 million in 2005. These
expenses represented 29% and 20% of total revenue in 2004 and
2005, respectively. Of the increase, $689,000 was for salaries
and benefits as headcount increased from 24 employees at
June 30, 2004 to 37 employees at June 30, 2005.
Professional services, recruiting, engineering costs and
software usage fees accounted for $417,000, $165,000, $145,000
and $136,000, respectively, of the increase.
39
Sales and marketing.
Sales and marketing
expenses increased $2.0 million, or 26%, from
$8.0 million in 2004 to $10.0 million in 2005. These
expenses represented 43% and 28% of total revenue in 2004 and
2005, respectively. Of the increase, $796,000 was for salaries,
sales commissions and benefits as headcount increased from 26
employees at June 30, 2004 to 34 employees at June 30,
2005. Promotional and lead generation programs, professional
services and travel accounted for $995,000 and $208,000,
respectively, of the increase.
General and administrative.
General and
administrative expenses increased $879,000, or 41%, from
$2.2 million in 2004 to $3.1 million in 2005. These
expenses represented 11% and 8% of total revenue in 2004 and
2005, respectively. Of the increase, $362,000 was for salaries
and benefits as headcount increased from 10 employees at
June 30, 2004 to 14 employees at June 30, 2005.
Professional services, travel and bad debt expense accounted for
$316,000, $215,000 and $176,000, respectively, of the increase.
This was offset by reductions in various other expenses,
including depreciation.
Other income (expense).
Other income (expense)
increased from $7,000 of other expense in 2004 to $124,000 of
other income in 2005. The increase is primarily due to increases
in interest income and other income of $128,000 and $2,000,
respectively. In 2004, interest expense on borrowings of $22,000
exceeded interest and other income.
Income tax provision.
The income tax provision
increased $11,000 from $0 in 2004 to $11,000 in 2005.
Quarterly
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly condensed
consolidated statement of operations data in dollars and as a
percentage of total revenue for each of our last six quarters in
the period ended December 31, 2006. The quarterly data
presented below have been prepared on a basis consistent with
the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere
in this prospectus, and in the opinion of management reflect all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments,
necessary for a fair presentation of this information. You
should read this information together with our consolidated
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus. Our quarterly results of operations may
fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors. As a
result, comparing our operating results on a
period-to-period
basis may not be meaningful. Our results for these quarterly
periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of
operations for a full year or any future period.
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Statement of operations data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
|
|
$
|
10,000
|
|
|
$
|
13,498
|
|
|
$
|
14,474
|
|
|
$
|
17,328
|
|
|
$
|
18,467
|
|
|
$
|
19,864
|
|
Support and services
|
|
|
1,214
|
|
|
|
1,219
|
|
|
|
2,119
|
|
|
|
1,756
|
|
|
|
1,948
|
|
|
|
2,616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
11,214
|
|
|
|
14,717
|
|
|
|
16,593
|
|
|
|
19,084
|
|
|
|
20,415
|
|
|
|
22,480
|
|
Cost of revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product(1)
|
|
|
4,044
|
|
|
|
5,668
|
|
|
|
6,011
|
|
|
|
6,132
|
|
|
|
6,507
|
|
|
|
6,767
|
|
Support and services(1)
|
|
|
1,078
|
|
|
|
1,109
|
|
|
|
1,755
|
|
|
|
1,483
|
|
|
|
1,445
|
|
|
|
1,595
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenue
|
|
|
5,122
|
|
|
|
6,777
|
|
|
|
7,766
|
|
|
|
7,615
|
|
|
|
7,952
|
|
|
|
8,362
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
6,092
|
|
|
|
7,940
|
|
|
|
8,827
|
|
|
|
11,469
|
|
|
|
12,463
|
|
|
|
14,118
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development(1)
|
|
|
2,051
|
|
|
|
2,083
|
|
|
|
2,386
|
|
|
|
3,200
|
|
|
|
3,117
|
|
|
|
4,051
|
|
Sales and marketing(1)
|
|
|
3,067
|
|
|
|
3,873
|
|
|
|
3,916
|
|
|
|
4,843
|
|
|
|
5,677
|
|
|
|
5,755
|
|
General and administrative(1)
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
|
995
|
|
|
|
1,238
|
|
|
|
1,828
|
|
|
|
2,573
|
|
|
|
2,837
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
5,993
|
|
|
|
6,951
|
|
|
|
7,540
|
|
|
|
9,871
|
|
|
|
11,367
|
|
|
|
12,643
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
989
|
|
|
|
1,287
|
|
|
|
1,598
|
|
|
|
1,096
|
|
|
|
1,475
|
|
Other income (expense)
net
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
(395
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income
tax
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
995
|
|
|
|
1,348
|
|
|
|
1,749
|
|
|
|
1,253
|
|
|
|
1,080
|
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
(76
|
)
|
|
|
(79
|
)
|
|
|
(207
|
)
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
116
|
|
|
$
|
944
|
|
|
$
|
1,272
|
|
|
$
|
1,670
|
|
|
$
|
1,046
|
|
|
$
|
1,102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share available to
common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Includes stock-based
compensation as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of product revenue
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
Cost of support and services revenue
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
expense
|
|
$
|
23
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
822
|
|
|
$
|
635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
As a percentage of total revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
89
|
%
|
|
|
92
|
%
|
|
|
87
|
%
|
|
|
91
|
%
|
|
|
90
|
%
|
|
|
88
|
%
|
Support and services
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Cost of revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Support and services
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenue
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Other income (expense)
net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income
tax
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue has increased sequentially in each of the quarters
presented due to increased sales of our products and an increase
in the number of channel partners and company sales staff and
additional products sold to new and existing enterprise
customers. Because of the rapid growth of our revenue, we have
not yet experienced the effects of seasonality on a
quarter-to-quarter
basis, but we expect that, over the longer term, we will
experience seasonally reduced activity in the first and third
quarters of each calendar year, as is the case with comparable
companies in our industry. Support and services revenue and
related cost of support and services revenue in the quarter
ended March 31, 2006 increased due to installation revenue
associated with one large sale. Product gross margins improved
in the quarter ended June 30, 2006 primarily as a result of
newly introduced hardware products that have higher margins than
products that were replaced. Operating expenses increased
sequentially in each of the quarters presented as we continued
to add personnel and related costs to accommodate our growth. We
have invested substantially in research and development in
recent quarters as we believe technology leadership is an
important element to our continued growth. Starting largely in
the quarter ended June 30, 2006 we also increased general
and administrative spending in information technology systems,
outside audit and Sarbanes-Oxley-related consulting services.
General and administrative expenses for the quarters ended
September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006 included
$699,000 and $367,000, respectively, of non-cash stock-based
compensation associated with an outstanding option granted prior
to the adoption of SFAS 123(R) that is subject to variable
accounting. In addition, other expense for the quarter ended
December 31, 2006 included $579,000 of non-cash expenses
associated with the change in fair value of preferred stock
warrants.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2006, our principal sources of liquidity
consisted of cash and cash equivalents of $15.3 million and
accounts receivable net of $15.8 million. Our primary
sources of cash historically have been proceeds from the
issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock and payments
for our products and services. From June 1998 through October
2004, we issued redeemable convertible preferred stock with
aggregate net proceeds of $101.3 million. We have a
$12.0 million line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank,
which has a borrowing base equal to 80% of the amount of
eligible accounts receivable plus 25% of the value of eligible
inventory. Interest will accrue on any outstanding borrowings
under the line of credit at a rate equal to the prime rate in
effect plus 0.5% per annum, except the rate will be equal
to the prime rate plus 1.5% per annum if our adjusted quick
ratio is
42
less than 1.5:1.0. At December 31, 2006, no balance was
outstanding under the line of credit. The line of credit is
secured by substantially all of our assets, and contains a
financial covenant requiring us to maintain a tangible net worth
of not less than $5.0 million. As of December 31,
2006, we were in compliance with all related financial covenants
and restrictions. The line of credit terminates on June 26,
2007.
Our principal uses of cash historically have consisted of the
purchase of finished goods inventory from our contract
manufacturers, payroll and other operating expenses and
purchases of property and equipment to support employee needs
and the development of new products.
We believe that our $15.3 million of cash and cash
equivalents at December 31, 2006, together with cash flows
from our operations and the net proceeds from this offering,
will be sufficient to fund our operating requirements for at
least 12 months. However, we may need to raise additional
capital or incur indebtedness to continue to fund our operations
in the future. Our future capital requirements will depend on
many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the
expansion of our sales and marketing activities, the timing and
extent of our expansion into new territories, the timing of
introductions of new products and enhancements to existing
products, and the continuing market acceptance of our products.
We may enter into agreements relating to potential investments
in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses or technologies
in the future, which could also require us to seek additional
equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available
on terms favorable to us or at all.
The following table shows our cash flows from operating
activities, investing activities and financing activities for
the stated periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Six Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash provided by (used in)
operating activities
|
|
$
|
(5,392
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,957
|
)
|
|
$
|
7,266
|
|
|
$
|
564
|
|
|
$
|
3,268
|
|
Cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(653
|
)
|
|
|
(590
|
)
|
|
|
(1,293
|
)
|
|
|
(556
|
)
|
|
|
(417
|
)
|
Cash provided by financing
activities
|
|
|
3,317
|
|
|
|
10,197
|
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
Cash
flows from operating activities
Our cash flows from operating activities are significantly
influenced by our cash expenditures to support the growth of our
business in operating expense areas such as research and
development, sales and marketing and administration. Our
operating cash flows are also influenced by our working capital
needs to support growth and fluctuations in inventory, accounts
receivable, vendor accounts payable and other current assets and
liabilities. We procure finished goods inventory from our
contract manufacturers and typically pay them in 30 days.
We extend credit to our channel partners and typically collect
in 50 to 60 days. We also prepay for license rights to
third-party products in advance of sales.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $564,000 and
$3.3 million in the
six-month
period ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006,
respectively. This increase was primarily attributable to net
income of $2.1 million in the
six-month
period ended December 31, 2006 as compared to
$1.1 million in the
six-month
period ended December 31, 2005. Noncash adjustments were
higher in the six-month period ended December 31, 2006
compared to the six-month period ended December 31, 2005,
including stock-based compensation expense, which was higher by
$1.4 million due to $1.1 million of stock-based
compensation expense associated with awards subject to variable
accounting, and the adoption of SFAS 123R on July 1,
2006, and the increase in fair value of the preferred stock
warrants by $579,000. In addition to the higher net income and
non-cash adjustments in the
six-month
period ended December 31, 2006 compared to the
six-month
period ended December 31, 2005, the period-to-period change
in cash flows relating to operating activities were also
affected by an increase in deferred revenue of
$2.2 million, due primarily to sales of post contractual
support contracts exceeding the amounts of post contractual
support contracts that were amortized as revenue, and an
increase in accrued liabilities and other of $1.0 million,
primarily attributable to increased purchasing activity required
to support our business growth and increased headcount. These
sources of cash were offset by uses of cash associated with an
increase in accounts receivable of $3.5 million due to
increased sales in the
six-month
period ended December 31, 2006 compared to the
43
six-month period ended December 31, 2005, and an increase
in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $641,000, which
included an increase in deferred cost of revenue of $382,000.
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was ($5.4)
million, ($5.0) million and $7.3 million in 2004, 2005 and
2006, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities in
2004 primarily consisted of net losses of $6.3 million,
reduced by depreciation and amortization expense of $721,000 in
2004, and an increase in accounts receivable of
$2.8 million primarily related to revenue growth. This
increase in accounts receivable was largely offset by sources of
cash provided by increased accounts payable of $1.2 million
and deferred revenue of $1.2 million. Net cash used in
operating activities in 2005 primarily consisted of net losses
of $1.4 million, reduced by depreciation and amortization
expense of $592,000 and a use of $4.2 million related to
net changes in operating assets and liabilities. Of this
$4.2 million, the increased accounts receivable and
inventories were $4.5 million and $3.5 million,
respectively. These increases were partially offset by cash
provided due to increased accounts payable of $1.0 million
and payments for deferred revenue of $2.8 million. Net cash
provided by operating activities in 2006 primarily consisted of
net income of $4.0 million, depreciation and amortization
expense of $716,000 and an increase of $2.3 million related
to net changes in operating assets and liabilities. Of this
$2.3 million, the primary sources of cash were a
1.9 million increase to accrued employee compensation,
largely employee bonuses relating to company performance
achievements in the six-month period ended June 30, 2006,
increased deferred revenue relating to support contracts of
$1.5 million and increased accounts payable of $809,000.
Cash
flows from investing activities
Cash flows from investing activities primarily relate to capital
expenditures to support our growth.
Net cash used in investing activities in the six-month period
ended December 31, 2005 was $556,000 for capital
expenditures primarily related to our growth in headcount. Net
cash used in investing activities in the six-month period ended
December 31, 2006 was $417,000 for capital expenditures,
primarily related to manufacturing tooling for the production of
our hardware products, and to computer equipment for our
research and development lab and to support our growth in
company headcount. We expect to incur additional capital
expenditures of approximately $1.0 million for the
remainder of fiscal year 2007. Our requirements for additional
capital expenditures are subject to change depending upon
several factors, including our needs based on our changing
business and industry and market conditions.
Net cash used in investing activities was $653,000, $590,000 and
$1.3 million in 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Net cash
used in investing activities in 2004 was for capital
expenditures, primarily related to manufacturing tooling for
production of our hardware products. Net cash used in investing
activities in 2005 was for capital expenditures, primarily
related to computer equipment to support our growth in
headcount. Net cash used in investing activities in 2006 was for
capital expenditures, primarily related to computer equipment to
support our growth in headcount and to manufacturing tooling for
production of our hardware products.
The operating lease for our headquarters office expires in
September 2007. We anticipate entering into a new lease for our
existing headquarters facility and may incur capital
expenditures in conjunction with it.
Cash
flows from financing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $189,000 and
$133,000 in the six-month period ended December 31, 2005
and December 31, 2006, respectively, primarily due to stock
option exercises.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $3.3 million,
$10.2 million and $1.0 million in 2004, 2005 and 2006
respectively. In 2004, we issued Series G redeemable
convertible preferred stock for net proceeds of
$3.4 million and made capital lease payments of $142,000.
In 2005, we issued Series H redeemable convertible
preferred stock for net proceeds of $9.9 million and
received $222,000 from the repayment of shareholder notes issued
in connection with stock option exercises. In 2006, we generated
$1.0 million of net proceeds from the exercise of common
stock options.
44
Contractual
Obligations
The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of
June 30, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
$
|
898
|
|
|
$
|
712
|
|
|
$
|
186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase obligations(1)
|
|
|
7,120
|
|
|
|
7,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
8,018
|
|
|
$
|
7,832
|
|
|
$
|
186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Purchase obligations represent commitments under non-cancelable
orders for finished goods inventory with our contract
manufacturers. At December 31, 2006, our purchase
obligations increased by $4.3 million as a result of
increased sales.
|
We anticipate entering into a new lease for our existing
headquarters facility prior to the expiration of our current
headquarters lease in September 2007. As a result, we anticipate
that we will have increased operating lease obligations over a
longer period than currently reflected in the table above.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any material off-balance sheet arrangements nor
do we have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or
financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as
structured finance or special purpose entities, which are
established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet
arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
Internal
Control Over Financial Reporting
In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the
six-month period ended December 31, 2006, our independent
registered public accounting firm noted in their report to our
audit committee that we have material weaknesses in our internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006
that could, if not remedied, affect our ability to record,
process and report financial data. In their report, our
independent registered public accounting firm has noted two
specific material weaknesses:
|
|
|
|
|
we do not have a sufficient number of accounting personnel with
the relevant technical accounting and financial reporting
experience and skills to facilitate the preparation of timely
and accurate consolidated financial statements; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
we do not have sufficient internal controls related to the
identification of all products and services associated with a
sales arrangement, including commitments made by our sales and
marketing personnel and channel partners to provide specified
upgrades, services or additional products to customers in the
future, including through product roadmap presentations to
customers or otherwise made available through our website.
|
In addition to the material weaknesses noted by our independent
registered public accounting firm, two significant deficiencies
in the design or operation of our internal control over
financial reporting were also noted. These material weaknesses
and significant deficiencies resulted in a number of audit
adjustments to our consolidated financial statements for the
six-month period ended December 31, 2006 that were noted
during the course of the audit. In addition, these material
weaknesses and significant deficiencies contributed to delays in
the completion of our financial statements.
We are in the process of taking steps intended to remedy these
material weaknesses and significant deficiencies. Since both
material weaknesses relate at least in part to inadequate
staffing, we are addressing them through the hiring of
additional personnel. On April 30, we announced that we
have hired a new Chief Financial Officer, and we are currently
seeking to hire a Corporate Controller, a Revenue Accounting
Manager and other finance and accounting personnel. Further, we
expect that the present Chief Financial Officer will be actively
employed for an indefinite period as new staff members are hired
and integrated.
45
To further address the material weakness related to the proper
accounting for sales arrangements containing future commitments,
we are implementing additional procedures and training programs
for all personnel involved in the selling and marketing of our
products and services and in the preparation of our financial
statements. We have also analyzed product roadmaps used for
sales presentations to determine when or if a specified upgrade
right has been provided to a customer notwithstanding that a
contract does not explicitly provide for that right. For sales
prior to December 31, 2006, we do not believe we have
created any specified upgrades or enhancements as a result of
these roadmap presentations or other information we made
publicly available. We are continuing to analyze our product
roadmap presentations used in connection with sales made
subsequent to December 31, 2006. If it is subsequently
determined that these presentations resulted in commitments for
specified upgrades or enhancements, we would be required to
defer the recognition of revenue attributable to such sales
until such commitments had been satisfied.
We will not be able to assess whether the steps we are taking
will fully remedy the material weaknesses in our internal
control over financial reporting identified by our auditors
until we have fully implemented them and a sufficient time
passes in order to evaluate their effectiveness.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America, or GAAP. These accounting principles require
us to make certain estimates and judgments that can affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of
the consolidated financial statements, the disclosure of
contingencies as of the dates of the consolidated financial
statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses
during the periods presented. Although we believe that our
judgments and estimates are reasonable under the circumstances,
actual results may differ from those estimates.
We believe the following to be our critical accounting policies
because they are important to the portrayal of our financial
condition and results of operations and they require critical
management judgments and estimates about matters that are
uncertain:
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue recognition;
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts;
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation;
|
|
|
|
Inventory valuation; and
|
|
|
|
Accounting for income taxes.
|
If actual results or events differ materially from those
contemplated by us in making these estimates, our reported
financial condition and results of operations for future periods
could be materially affected. See Risk Factors for
certain matters that may affect our future financial condition
or results of operations.
Revenue
Recognition
Product
Revenue
Our software is integrated with our hardware and is essential to
the functionality of the integrated system product. Product
sales typically include a perpetual license to our software,
except in limited circumstances such as sales of spare or
replacement handsets, back-up switches and additional business
applications. We recognize revenue for these sales in accordance
with Statement of Position (SOP)
No. 97-2,
Software Revenue Recognition
, or Staff Accounting
Bulletin (SAB) No. 104,
Revenue Recognition in Financial
Statements
, as applicable, depending on whether the hardware
is sold in a multiple-element arrangement with software and
post-contractual support or on a standalone basis if the
enterprise customer purchases hardware, software, or maintenance
support separately. For the initial sale, we generally bundle
together the hardware, software, and post-contractual support
contracts with terms of up to five years. Thereafter, if the
enterprise customer increases the number of end user deployments
and/or
functionality, it may add more hardware, software, and related
post-contractual support by purchasing them
46
separately. We have established vendor-specific objective
evidence, or VSOE, of fair value for post-contractual support
and other undelivered elements as noted below.
We recognize product revenue when persuasive evidence of an
arrangement exists, product has shipped or delivery has occurred
(depending on when title passes), the sales price is fixed or
determinable and free of contingencies and significant
uncertainties, and collection is probable. Our fee is considered
fixed or determinable at the execution of an agreement, based on
specific products and quantities to be delivered at specified
prices. Our agreements generally do not include rights of return
or acceptance provisions. To the extent that our agreements
contain such terms, we recognize revenue once the acceptance
provisions have been met or the right of return lapses. We
maintain a reserve for sales returns based on historical
experience. Payment terms generally range from net 30 to net
60 days. In the event payment terms are extended materially
from our standard business practices, the fees are deemed to not
be fixed or determinable and revenue is recognized when the
payments become due. We assess the ability to collect from
channel partners based on a number of factors, including
creditworthiness and past transaction history. If the channel
partner is not deemed creditworthy, we defer all revenue from
the arrangement until payment is received and all other revenue
recognition criteria have been met. Shipping charges are
included in product revenue and the related shipping costs are
included in cost of product revenue.
We monitor and analyze the accuracy of sales returns estimates
by reviewing actual returns and adjust it for future
expectations to determine the adequacy of our current and future
reserve needs. If actual future returns and allowances differ
from past experience and expectation, additional allowances may
be required.
We have arrangements with channel partners of their products to
reimburse the channel partners for cooperative marketing costs
meeting specified criteria. The reimbursements are limited to
50% of the actual costs charged to the channel partners by
third-party vendors for advertising, trade shows and other
related sales and marketing activities for which we receive an
identifiable benefit, subject to a limit of the total
cooperative marketing allowance earned by each channel partner.
In accordance with EITF Issue
No. 01-9,
Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer
(including a Reseller of the Vendors Products)
, we
record the reimbursements to the channel partners meeting such
specified criteria within sales and marketing expenses in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The
marketing allowance can also be used by the channel partners to
purchase demonstration products from us at greater than the
standard discount for products sold to channel partners. Such
discounts provided to the channel partners are recorded as a
reduction of revenue upon shipment of the demonstration units.
Post-Contractual
Support
Our support and services revenue is primarily derived from
post-contractual support. We account for post-contractual
support revenue based on
SOP 97-2,
which states that if an arrangement includes multiple elements,
the fee should be allocated to the various elements based on
VSOE of fair value, regardless of any separate prices stated
within the contract for each element. VSOE of fair value is
limited to the price charged when the same element is sold
separately. VSOE is established for support through prior
renewals of post-contractual support contracts, which
establishes a price which is based on a standalone sale.
We use the residual method, as allowed by
SOP No. 98-9,
Modification of
SOP 97-2,
Software Revenue Recognition With Respect to Certain
Transactions,
to determine the amount of product revenue to
be recognized. Under the residual method, the fair value of the
undelivered elements, such as post-contractual support,
installation services and training, are deferred and the
remaining portion of the sales amount is recognized as product
revenue. The fair value of the support and services is
recognized as support and services revenue on a straight-line
basis over the term of the related support period, which can be
up to five years in length.
Installation
and training
Installation services are sold on an elective basis. Channel
partners or enterprise customers generally perform installations
without our involvement, so we do not recognize substantial
revenue from installation services. As installation is typically
performed by the channel partner or enterprise customer, it is
not considered essential to the functionality of the delivered
elements. Installation is generally priced at established rates
based on estimated hours to install our systems. Training
services are also sold on an elective basis, both to channel
partners and to enterprise
47
customers, and is purchased both with system orders and on a
standalone basis. VSOE of fair value is established for training
through sales made independent of a bundled order. We recognize
revenue related to installation services and training upon
delivery of the service.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
We review our allowance for doubtful accounts on a quarterly
basis by assessing individual accounts receivable that
materially exceed due dates. Risk assessment for these accounts
includes historical collections experience with the specific
account and with our similarly situated accounts coupled with
other related credit factors that may evidence a risk of default
and loss to us. Accordingly, the amount of this allowance will
fluctuate based upon changes in revenue levels, collection of
specific balances in accounts receivable and estimated changes
in channel partner credit quality or likelihood of collection.
If the financial condition of our channel partners were to
deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make
payments, additional allowances may be required. The allowance
for doubtful accounts represents managements best
estimate, but changes in circumstances, including unforeseen
declines in market conditions and collection rates, may result
in additional allowances in the future or reductions in
allowances due to future recoveries.
Stock-Based
Compensation
Prior to July 1, 2006, we accounted for employee stock
options using the intrinsic value method in accordance with
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees
, or APB 25, and Financial
Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. (FIN) 44,
Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock
Compensation, an Interpretation of APB No. 25
, and had
adopted the disclosure only provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards, or SFAS No. 123,
Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation
, or SFAS 123, and
SFAS No. 148,
Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation Transition and Disclosure
, or
SFAS 148.
In accordance with APB 25, stock-based compensation
expense, which is a non-cash charge, resulted from stock option
grants at exercise prices that, for financial reporting
purposes, were deemed to be below the estimated fair value of
the underlying common stock on the date of grant.
Effective July 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value
recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123(revised 2004),
Share-Based Payment
, or SFAS 123(R), using the
prospective transition method, which requires us to apply the
provisions of SFAS 123(R) only to awards newly granted,
modified, repurchased or cancelled, after the adoption date.
Under this transition method, our stock-based compensation
expense recognized beginning July 1, 2006 is based on the
grant date fair value of stock option awards we grant or modify
after July 1, 2006. We categorize our options into two
classes. Class One includes all options granted with standard
four-year vesting and no ability to exercise prior to vesting.
Class Two includes options granted with standard four-year
vesting but allow for early exercisability. We recognize
stock-based
compensation expense for both Class One and Class Two on a
straight-line basis over the options expected vesting
terms. We estimated the grant date fair value of stock option
awards under the provisions of SFAS 123(R) using the
Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following
assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
Class One
|
|
|
Class Two
|
|
|
Expected life
|
|
|
6.08 years
|
|
|
|
4.0 years
|
|
Interest rate range
|
|
|
4.6-4.8
|
%
|
|
|
4.6-4.8
|
%
|
Volatility
|
|
|
71
|
%
|
|
|
55
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
During the six-month period ended December 31, 2006, we
recorded non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $328,000
under SFAS 123(R). In future periods, stock-based
compensation expense is expected to increase as we issue
additional equity-based awards to continue to attract and retain
key employees. Additionally, SFAS 123(R) requires that we
recognize compensation expense only for the portion of stock
options that are expected to vest, assuming an expected
forfeiture rate in determining stock-based compensation expense,
which could affect the stock-based compensation expense recorded
if there is a significant difference between actual and
estimated forfeiture rates. Our estimated forfeiture rate in the
six-month period ended December 31, 2006 was 13%.
48
As of December 31, 2006, total unrecognized compensation
cost related to stock-based awards granted to employees and
non-employee directors was $3.8 million, net of estimated
forfeitures of $1.3 million. This cost will be amortized on
a straight-line basis over a weighted-average vesting period of
approximately four years. As a result of adopting
SFAS 123(R) on July 1, 2006, our net income for the
six-month period ended December 31, 2006, was $80,000 lower
than if we had continued to account for stock-based compensation
under APB 25. Basic and diluted net income per share for
the six-month period ended December 31, 2006 are no
different than if we had continued to account for stock-based
compensation under APB 25.
Information regarding our stock option grants for July 1,
2005 through December 31, 2006 is summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Fair Market Value
|
|
|
Intrinsic Value
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
Price per Share
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
2005
|
|
July
|
|
|
303,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
September
|
|
|
2,590,000
|
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October
|
|
|
2,655,000
|
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
2006
|
|
January
|
|
|
4,665,000
|
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
April
|
|
|
1,510,000
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
May
|
|
|
445,000
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
0.06
|
|
|
|
June
|
|
|
832,500
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
0.19
|
|
|
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
July 10
|
|
|
575,000
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
0.25
|
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
July 28
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
|
0.25
|
|
|
|
0.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August
|
|
|
410,000
|
|
|
|
0.25
|
|
|
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
September 5
|
|
|
1,250,000
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
0.65
|
|
|
|
0.55
|
|
|
|
September 5
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
0.25
|
|
|
|
0.65
|
|
|
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
September 11
|
|
|
891,500
|
|
|
|
0.25
|
|
|
|
0.65
|
|
|
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
October 3
|
|
|
5,231,000
|
|
|
|
0.32
|
|
|
|
0.65
|
|
|
|
0.33
|
|
|
|
October 4
|
|
|
405,000
|
|
|
|
0.32
|
|
|
|
0.65
|
|
|
|
0.33
|
|
|
|
November
|
|
|
963,000
|
|
|
|
0.32
|
|
|
|
0.78
|
|
|
|
0.46
|
|
|
|
December 4
|
|
|
345,000
|
|
|
|
0.32
|
|
|
|
0.91
|
|
|
|
0.59
|
|
|
|
December 14
|
|
|
900,000
|
|
|
|
0.36
|
|
|
|
0.91
|
|
|
|
0.55
|
|
Valuation
of Common Stock
Background.
With respect to assessments of
fair value of the common stock for the preparation of our GAAP
financial statements we considered numerous objective and
subjective factors, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
prices for our preferred stock that we sold to outside investors
in arms-length transactions, and the rights, preferences
and privileges of our preferred stock and our common stock;
|
|
|
|
|
|
valuations performed as of January 4, 2006, July 12,
2006, October 3, 2006 and December 14, 2006;
|
|
|
|
|
|
our actual financial condition and results of operations during
the relevant period;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the status of strategic initiatives to increase the target
market for the our products;
|
|
|
|
|
|
forecasts of our financial results and market conditions
affecting the communications equipment industry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the fact that the option grants involved illiquid securities in
a private company; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of
common stock underlying the options, such as an initial public
offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market
conditions and our relative financial condition at the time of
grant.
|
The exercise prices per share of common stock underlying our
stock option grants were historically determined by our board of
directors with input from management. Prior to January 2006,
valuations of our common stock were not performed because we
believed that our board of directors had considerable experience
in the valuation of emerging companies and could make a
reasonable determination of fair value. In connection with the
preparation of
49
the consolidated financial statements necessary for this
prospectus and solely for the purposes of accounting for
stock-based compensation for financial statement purposes, we
assessed the fair value of our common stock to determine whether
there was a compensatory element in our historical option grants.
Since the beginning of fiscal year 2006, the increases in the
value of our common stock were due to improvements in our
business and financial performance and, in later periods, the
increased likelihood of a liquidity event and favorable market
valuations for technology companies. For example, revenues have
grown each quarter during the period, starting with
$11.2 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2005
to $22.5 million in the quarter ended December 31,
2006. Our operating results also improved over this period, with
the first quarter in which we achieved substantial profits being
the quarter ended December 31, 2005. Additionally, we have
had positive cash flows from operations since the second quarter
of fiscal year 2006. Accordingly, the value of our common stock
increased from $0.04 per share in July 2005 to
$0.91 per share in December 2006. The value of our common
stock began to increase more rapidly following the quarter ended
June 30, 2006 after we introduced a new family of hardware
products with higher margins and our financial performance and
changes in the capital markets increased the likelihood of a
liquidity event, which reduced the non-marketability discount
and the impact of the liquidation preferences and participation
rights of our preferred stock. Commencing in the quarter ended
September 30, 2006, the initial public offering market for
emerging technology companies significantly improved, which
further led to increases in the value of our common stock.
Valuations.
The valuations performed as of
January 4, 2006, July 12, 2006, October 3, 2006
and December 14, 2006 used a combination of the following
methods to estimate the aggregate enterprise value at each
valuation date:
|
|
|
|
|
Discounted cash flow model of the income approach, which derives
the fair value based on projected future net free cash flows,
discounted at a risk-adjusted equity rate of return required by
equity investors in the technology and telecommunications
industries and for the time value of money;
|
|
|
|
|
|
The comparative analysis of publicly traded companies, which
values shares of a minority interest in a closely-held
corporation by comparing to comparable publicly traded companies
to determine appropriate multiples to apply to our financial
measures; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
The transaction method, which derives an indication of fair
value from the purchase price multiples in recent mergers and
acquisitions involving target companies operating in the IP
telephony and similar communications equipment and other related
technology industries.
|
Additionally, a small weighting in the January 2006 valuation
was assigned to the value of our most recent private equity
financing that occurred in October 2004. For all valuations the
per share value for the Companys common stock was derived
from the aggregate enterprise value.
We prepared financial forecasts for each valuation date that
were used in the computation of enterprise value for each of the
three methods. The financial forecasts were based on assumed
revenue growth rates that took into account our past experience.
The risks associated with achieving our forecasts were assessed
in selecting the appropriate cost of capital rates, which ranged
from 22% to 25%. If different cost of capital rates had been
used, the valuations would have been different.
The January 2006 and July 2006 valuations valued common stock
using the Black-Scholes option pricing methodology with
consideration for an initial public offering, or IPO, and the
probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM. For the
Black-Scholes option pricing method, the per share value was
derived by creating a series of European call options on the
enterprises value, with exercise prices based on the
liquidation preferences of the preferred stock and derivative
strike prices. For the PWERM, the per share value was derived
utilizing a probability weighted scenario analysis. The
per-share value was based on three possible scenarios:
(1) no IPO liquidity scenario, (2) IPO liquidity
scenario, and (3) stay-private scenario. In the no IPO
liquidity scenario and stay private scenario, the per-share
value was allocated using the current value method prescribed by
the AICPA. The current value method allocates value to the
various series of preferred stock based on their liquidation
preferences or conversion values, whichever would be greater.
The residual enterprise value was allocated to the common stock.
In the IPO liquidity scenario, the current value method was also
used with the consideration that all series of preferred
50
stock would convert to common. For the January 2006 valuation,
the Black-Scholes indication was weighted 40% and the PWERM
indication 60%. For July 2006, both indications were weighted
50%.
The October 2006 and December 2006 valuations valued common
stock using the Black-Scholes option pricing methodology with
consideration for an IPO. The common stock was valued on a per
share basis utilizing a probability weighted scenario analysis.
The per-share value was based on two possible future liquidity
scenarios: (1) no IPO liquidity scenario, and (2) IPO
liquidity scenario. In the no IPO liquidity scenario, the
per-share value was based on the Black-Scholes option-pricing
model. This methodology treats various components of our capital
structure as a series of call options on the proceeds expected
from an expected sale of our company or the liquidation of our
assets at some future date. The model defines the
securities fair values as functions of the current fair
value of the company and assumptions based on the
securities rights and preferences. As a result, the option
pricing method requires assumptions regarding the anticipated
timing of a potential liquidity event, and the estimated
volatility of our equity securities. These call options were
then valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. In the
IPO liquidity scenario, it is assumed that all preferred
securities are converted into common stock, and that the
aggregate value related to options and warrants are subtracted
from the aggregate equity value of the company for purposes of
determining the preferred and common stock values on an as if
converted, per share basis.
The anticipated timing of the liquidity events utilized in these
valuations was based on then-current plans and estimates of our
board of directors and management. Management assessments of
fair value were used for grant dates between the valuation
dates, primarily by interpolation of enterprise values between
the surrounding valuation dates.
Factors Associated with Black-Scholes
Method.
Estimates of the volatility of our stock
were made based on available information on the volatility of
the capital stock of comparable publicly traded companies and
ranged from 40% to 60%. Estimates of term, or estimated time to
a liquidity event, ranged from 0.5 years to 1.8 years.
Had we used different estimates of volatility or term, the
allocations between preferred and common shares would have been
different. The risk free rate of return ranged from 4.23% to
5.04%.
Non-marketability Discount.
The estimated fair
value of our common stock at each stock option grant date
reflected a non-marketability discount partially based on the
anticipated likelihood and timing of a future liquidity event.
In the valuations used to establish fair value of our common
stock the non-marketability discounts were 25% in January 2006,
20% in July 2006, 15% in October 2006 and 10% in December 2006.
In general, the board of directors used similar discount factors
to estimate the fair value of our common stock on grant dates
that did not coincide with the dates on which the valuations
were performed. The reduction in this discount was attributable
to steady and continuing improvements in our financial
performance thereby improving the likelihood of a liquidity
event and reducing the likely time to accomplish such.
Liquidation and redemption rights of preferred
stock.
The valuation assessments were also based
in part on the preferential rights of all series of our
convertible redeemable preferred stock. These securities are
convertible into common stock at the option of the holder, and
vote with the common stock on an as-converted basis. As our
enterprise value and probability of an IPO increased, the
relatively weighting of the preference items on the value of
common stock declined. The impact of the preferences on common
stock value in a no IPO liquidity scenario and IPO liquidity
scenario at December 31, 2006 was negligible.
Estimation
of Fair Value of Warrants to Purchase Preferred
Stock
FASB Staff Position
No. 150-5,
Issuers Accounting under FASB Statement No. 150
for Freestanding Warrants and Other Similar Instruments on
Shares That Are Redeemable
, or FSP
150-5,
provides that the warrants we have issued to purchase shares of
Series E and Series F preferred stock are subject to
the requirements in FSP
150-5,
which
requires us to classify these warrants as current liabilities
and to adjust the value of these warrants to their fair value at
the end of each reporting period. We recorded $579,000 of
expense in other income (expense) for the
six-month
period ended December 31, 2006, to reflect increase in the
estimated fair value of the warrants. We estimated the fair
value of these warrants at December 31, 2006 using the
Black-Scholes option valuation model. This model utilizes the
estimated fair value of the underlying preferred stock at the
valuation measurement date, the
51
remaining term of the warrant, risk-free interest rates, and
expected dividends and expected volatility of the price of the
underlying convertible preferred stock.
Upon the closing of this offering, these warrants will convert
into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock and, as a
result, will no longer be subject to FSP
150-5.
At
that time, the then-current aggregate fair value of these
warrants will be reclassified from liabilities to additional
paid-in capital, a component of stockholders deficit, and
we will cease to record any related periodic fair value
adjustments.
Inventory
Valuation
Inventories consist principally of finished goods and are stated
at the lower of cost or market value, with cost being determined
under a standard cost method that approximates
first-in,
first out. A small portion of our inventory also relates to
evaluation units located at enterprise customer locations and
service inventory. Inventory valuation reserves are established
to reduce the carrying amounts of our inventories to their net
estimated realizable values. Inventory valuation reserves are
based on historical usage, expected demand and, with respect to
evaluation units, conversion rate and age. Inherent in our
estimates of market value in determining inventory valuation
reserves are estimates related to economic trends, future demand
for our products and technological obsolescence of our products.
If future demand or market conditions are less favorable than
our projections, additional inventory valuation reserves could
be required and would be reflected in cost of product revenue in
the period in which the reserves are taken. Inventory valuation
reserves were $495,000, $598,000 and $569,000 as of
June 30, 2005, June 30, 2006 and December 31,
2006, respectively. Once a reserve is established, it is
maintained until the unit to which it relates is sold or
scrapped. The reduced costs associated with the revenue from
this unit results in an increase in gross profit and gross
margin.
Accounting
for Income Taxes
We account for income taxes using an asset and liability
approach, in accordance with SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes
, which requires recognition
of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future
tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our
financial statements, but have not been reflected in our taxable
income. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred
tax assets to their estimated realizable value. Therefore, we
provide a valuation allowance to the extent we do not believe it
is more likely than not that we will generate sufficient taxable
income in future periods to realize the benefit of our deferred
tax assets. To date, as a result of our uncertainty regarding
the realizability of our deferred tax assets, consisting
principally of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards,
we have recorded a 100% valuation allowance.
At June 30, 2006, we had $84.4 million and
$44.6 million of net operating loss carryforwards for
federal and state purposes, respectively. Net operating loss
carryforwards will begin to expire in 2017 and 2007 for federal
and California purposes, respectively. As part of the process of
preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required
to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in
which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual
current tax exposure, including assessing the risks associated
with tax audits, and assessing temporary differences resulting
from different treatment of items for tax and accounting
purposes. The ability to maintain our current effective tax rate
is contingent upon existing tax laws in both the U.S. and the
respective countries in which our international subsidiaries are
located, and the availability of our net operating loss and tax
credit carryforwards.
We believe we have had multiple ownership changes as defined
under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and we are
currently analyzing these ownership changes to determine the
limitations on our ability to utilize our net operating loss and
tax credit carryforwards under Sections 382 and 383 of the
Internal Revenue Code in future periods due to significant stock
transactions in previous years, which may limit the future
realization of our net operating losses and tax credits. Based
on estimates prepared to date, we believe the provisions of
Section 382 could result in the forfeiture of up to
$72 million of net operating losses for U.S. federal income
tax purposes. We believe there could also be an impact on our
ability to utilize California net operating loss carryforwards
as well. As our analysis is incomplete, these estimates are
uncertain.
As of June 30, 2006, we had research and development tax
credit carryforwards of approximately $2.5 million and
$2.8 million, which can be used to reduce future federal
and California income taxes, respectively. Federal research and
development tax credit carryforwards will expire beginning in
fiscal 2012 through 2026. California research and development
tax credits will carry forward indefinitely. In addition, a
portion of the federal research
52
tax credit carryforwards may be subject to forfeiture due to
Section 383 limitations. We are in the process of
determining the impact of Section 383 on the tax credit
carryforwards. As our analysis is incomplete, these estimates
are uncertain.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB,
issued SFAS No. 154,
Accounting Changes and Error
Corrections
(SFAS 154) that replaces
Accounting Principals Board Opinions No. 20
Accounting
Changes
and SFAS No. 3,
Reporting Accounting
Changes in Interim Financial Statements An Amendment
of APB Opinion No 28
. SFAS 154 provides guidance on the
accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error
corrections. It establishes retrospective application, or the
latest practicable date, as the required method for reporting a
change in accounting principle and the reporting of a correction
of an error. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and
corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2005.
In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
(FIN 48). FIN 48 applies to all tax
positions within the scope of FASB Statement No. 109,
applies a more likely than not threshold for tax
benefit recognition, identifies a defined methodology for
measuring benefits and increases the disclosure requirements for
companies. FIN 48 is mandatory for years beginning after
December 15, 2006. We are currently in the process of
evaluating the effects of this new accounting standard.
In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin
(SAB) No. 108 regarding the process of
quantifying financial statement misstatements.
SAB No. 108 states that registrants should use both a
balance sheet approach and an income statement approach when
quantifying and evaluating materiality of a misstatement. The
interpretations in SAB No. 108 contain guidance on
correcting errors under the dual approach as well as provide
transition guidance for correcting errors. This interpretation
does not change the requirements within SFAS No. 154
for the correction of an error in financial statements.
SAB No. 108 is effective for annual financial
statements covering the first fiscal year ending after
November 15, 2006. We will be required to adopt this
interpretation in fiscal year 2007.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements
(SFAS No. 157). This Statement defines
fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in
generally accepted accounting principles, and expands
disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement
applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or
permit fair value measurements, the FASB having previously
concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is
the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, this Statement
does not require any new fair value measurements. This statement
is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods
within those fiscal years. We do not expect the adoption of
SFAS No. 157 in 2008 to have a material impact on our
results of operations or financial position.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159,
The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities
(SFAS 159). SFAS 159
permits entities to choose, at specified election dates, to
measure eligible items at fair value (or fair value
option) and to report in earnings unrealized gains and
losses on those items for which the fair value option has been
elected. SFAS 159 also requires entities to display the
fair value of those assets and liabilities on the face of the
balance sheet. SFAS 159 establishes presentation and
disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons
between entities that choose different measurement attributes
for similar types of assets and liabilities. SFAS 159 is
effective for us as of the first quarter of 2009. We are
currently evaluating the impact of this pronouncement on our
financial statements.
53
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Interest
Rate Risk
As of December 31, 2006, we had cash and cash equivalents
of $15.3 million, which consisted of highly liquid money
market instruments with original maturities of three months or
less. Because of the short-term nature of these instruments, a
sudden change in market interest rates would not be expected to
have a material effect on our financial condition or results of
operations.
Foreign
Currency Risk
As we expand, we expect that many of our international
enterprise customers will be invoiced in foreign currencies and
our international sales and marketing operations will incur
expenses that are denominated in foreign currencies. These
revenues and expenses could be materially affected by currency
fluctuations. Changes in currency exchange rates could adversely
affect our consolidated results of operations or financial
position. Additionally, our international sales and marketing
operations maintain cash balances denominated in foreign
currencies. As a result, we could incur unanticipated
translation gains and losses. To date, the foreign currency
effect on our cash and cash equivalents has been immaterial and
we have not hedged our exposure to changes in foreign currency
exchange rates.
54
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a leading provider of Internet Protocol, or IP,
telecommunications systems for enterprises. Our systems are
based on our distributed software architecture and switch-based
hardware platform which enable multi-site enterprises to be
served by a single telecommunications system. Our systems enable
a single point of management, easy installation and a high
degree of scalability and reliability, and provide end users
with a consistent, full suite of features across the enterprise,
regardless of location. As a result, we believe our systems
enable enhanced end user productivity and provide lower total
cost of ownership and higher customer satisfaction than
alternative systems.
Our solution is comprised of ShoreGear switches, ShorePhone IP
phones and ShoreWare software applications. We provide our
systems to enterprises across all industries, including to
small, medium and large companies and public institutions. Our
enterprise customers include multi-site Fortune
500 companies with tens of thousands of employees. As of
December 31, 2006, we had sold our IP telecommunications
systems to approximately 4,400 enterprise customers, including
CNET Networks, Robert Half International and the City of
Oakland, California. We sell our systems through our extensive
network of approximately 450 channel partners.
We have achieved broad industry recognition for our technology
and high customer satisfaction. Our enterprise IP
telecommunications systems received PC Magazines Best of
the Year 2005 Editors Choice designation. For the last
four years, IT executives surveyed by Nemertes Research, an
independent research firm, have rated ShoreTel highest in
customer satisfaction among leading enterprise
telecommunications systems providers.
Industry
Background
Enterprises have historically operated separate networks for
voice and data communications which resulted in significant
complexity and high cost. Multi-site enterprises typically
operated separate telecommunications systems at each of their
sites that often were difficult to install and manage. These
systems also required significant additional investments to
scale and did not enable delivery of a uniform set of features
and functions across all sites. Enterprises are increasingly
migrating to a single IP network for both voice and data
communications to reduce costs and network complexity and
increase end user productivity. This migration has created a
significant market opportunity for enterprise IP
telecommunications systems providers. Gartner, Inc., an
independent research firm, estimates that worldwide enterprise
telephony systems equipment end user revenue was
$17.2 billion in 2006, including legacy TDM PBX/KTS
equipment,
IP-enabled
PBX equipment and
IP-PBX
equipment. According to Gartner, the
IP-PBX
market was estimated to have been $3.9 billion in 2006 and
is expected to grow to $7.9 billion by 2010, which
represents a 19.1% compound annual growth rate. We refer to the
TDM PBX/KTS equipment as TDM systems,
IP-enabled
PBX equipment as hybrid systems, and
IP-PBX
equipment as IP systems.
Multi-site enterprises typically have deployed one of three
primary types of telecommunications systems: TDM systems, hybrid
systems or IP systems, which include server-centric and
switch-based systems. These systems are comprised of multiple
phones that are independently connected to a switch within the
enterprise, called the private branch exchange, or PBX. This
switch aggregates the calls from these phones and transports
them across the telecommunications network. In evaluating
telecommunications systems, enterprises consider several
factors, including: cost, scalability, reliability, ease of use,
functionality, ease of management and installation and ability
to integrate with existing applications.
Challenges
of TDM-based enterprise telecommunications systems
Developed in the 1980s, TDM systems require a dedicated
voice network that consists of circuits and phones, as well as a
separate PBX switch for each office site, which results in a
series of standalone telecommunications systems within a single
enterprise. These multiple independent systems are connected by
private, dedicated lines. Although enterprises can scale their
TDM systems by adding switches, the associated installation and
integration costs and on-going management and maintenance costs
are usually significant. Enterprises deploying TDM systems
typically also incur other telecommunications services expenses,
such as costs associated with dedicated circuits
55
and service charges. As a result of these characteristics, TDM
systems are complicated and costly to install, upgrade, scale,
manage and maintain. In addition, because these systems operate
on dedicated voice networks, independent of the data network, an
enterprise cannot integrate its voice applications, such as
voicemail, fax, end user presence and outbound call initiation
and handling, with software that operates on its data network,
such as customer relationship management applications.
Challenges
of hybrid enterprise telecommunications systems
In an effort to address some of the limitations of TDM systems
and to extend the life of their existing telecommunications
infrastructure, some enterprises implement hybrid systems. A
hybrid system is a modification of a TDM system that supports IP
phones and enables voice signals to be sent as IP packets over
data networks, such as local area networks, or LANs, and wide
area networks, or WANs, instead of dedicated TDM lines. Although
hybrid system technology enables enterprises to migrate some of
their existing TDM infrastructure to an
IP-based
system, all switching is still accomplished with the TDM
infrastructure. Thus, a hybrid system suffers from some of the
same disadvantages of a TDM system. In addition, hybrid systems
require enterprises to maintain two telecommunications systems,
further increasing management complexity and cost and leading to
inconsistent features for end users across the enterprise.
Accordingly, we believe increased operating costs associated
with maintaining two networks typically outweigh the short-term
capital savings realized from implementing a hybrid system. In
order to achieve the full benefits of a converged voice and data
network, enterprises will ultimately need to implement an all-IP
telecommunications system.
Challenges
of server-centric enterprise IP telecommunications
systems
Server-centric IP systems seek to address the limitations of TDM
and hybrid systems by allowing enterprises to combine their
voice and data networks into a single IP network. Some vendors
offer server-centric enterprise IP telecommunications systems
that rely on servers and routers with IP telecommunications
modules for call management and applications. These systems
typically have a centralized software architecture and require
system management to be performed on a
site-by-site
basis. Although the management and control of these systems can
be carried out from a single computer, management often must be
performed on an
application-by-application
basis. In addition, these systems also run on operating systems
that were not optimized for real-time voice processing which can
result in lower reliability and decreased performance. Most
applications require a dedicated server to run on these systems,
increasing the cost and complexity of adding applications to the
existing network. In addition, server-centric IP systems can be
costly to scale because significant additional equipment is
often required to accommodate growth while maintaining adequate
redundancy. Server-centric IP systems also tend to be less
reliable because they require mechanical disk drives to be
available for placing and receiving calls. Further, to achieve
higher reliability, server-centric IP systems typically maintain
a backup server for each primary server, which increases the
cost and complexity of the enterprises entire
telecommunications system.
The
Opportunity
Because of the limitations of TDM, hybrid and server-centric IP
systems, we believe enterprises need an
IP-based
telecommunications system that provides management of the entire
system using a single software application from any computer, is
easy to install and use, provides scalability and reliability,
provides end users with a consistent, full suite of features
across the enterprise, regardless of location, and has a low
total cost of ownership.
Our
Solution
We provide switch-based IP telecommunications systems for
enterprises that address the limitations of TDM, hybrid and
server-centric IP systems. Our systems consist of our ShoreGear
switches, ShorePhone IP phones and ShoreWare software
applications, all based on our proprietary distributed software
architecture and switch-based hardware platform. In contrast to
server-centric IP systems, our switch-based hardware platform
uses flash memory and an embedded operating system, which
minimizes the use of expensive servers. As such, our solution is
designed to provide a more reliable, secure and scalable system.
Our proprietary software applications are distributed across
56
each site of an enterprise, providing end users with a
consistent, full suite of features across the enterprise,
regardless of location. Our Personal Call Manager and other
desktop applications are easy to use and enable improved end
user productivity. Our browser-based system management provides
enterprises with a single point of management, enabling IT
administrators to view and manage the entire telecommunications
system of the enterprise using a single application at any
location. Through our distributed software architecture and
innovative switch design, we believe our system provides
scalability and reliability, a single point of management, is
easy to install and use and provides end users with a
consistent, full suite of features across the enterprise,
regardless of location, all for a low total cost of ownership.
Benefits
of our distributed software architecture and switch-based
hardware platform
As a result of our distributed software architecture and
switch-based hardware platform, we provide enterprise customers
with a number of key benefits, including:
Ease of use.
We provide a wide range of
innovative, high performance phones that we combine with our
feature-rich desktop software application, Personal Call
Manager. Personal Call Manager allows end users to control their
phones from their PCs, regardless of their location and
integrates with enterprise software applications, such as
Microsoft Outlook and salesforce.com. With the click of a mouse,
the end user can make phone calls from contact lists, convene
and manage participation in conference calls, listen to
voicemail and check the availability of others on the network.
Ease of installation and management.
Our
systems are easy to install as a result of our proprietary
installation software, which automatically recognizes and
configures the elements of our solution as they are added to the
systems. Our systems also feature a single point of management
with a simple, intuitive interface that allows IT managers to
modify their systems from anywhere through a web browser, which
reduces administrative complexity, resulting in reduced IT
management costs for enterprises. As a result of our
architecture, we believe our systems are also easier to install
and manage because they require fewer hardware elements than
alternative systems.
Scalability.
We believe our distributed
software architecture and the modular design of our system
hardware allow enterprises to incrementally scale our systems
more cost-effectively than alternative systems, which can
require replacement of substantial amounts of system equipment
to increase capacity. In contrast, all of the investment an
enterprise customer makes in our systems will continue to
operate as their implementation of our systems expand to support
their growth. Our systems are designed to seamlessly support
more than 10,000 lines and enterprises may scale beyond
that size by adding additional ShoreTel systems. As a result,
our systems can cost-effectively scale to support enterprises of
all sizes.
Reliability.
Our switches are designed to be
highly reliable and operate independently. Each switch in the
system is capable of independently establishing and terminating
calls without relying on a centralized call control server, as
is the case with alternative systems. As a result, enterprise
telecommunications based on our systems can survive a variety of
LAN, WAN and hardware failures using our systems. For increased
reliability, a single additional switch can be added
cost-effectively to the site to create n+1
redundancy, rather than requiring a dedicated back-up switch for
each primary switch to improve reliability as needed by
alternative systems.
Low total cost of ownership.
Our systems allow
enterprise customers to lower the overall capital expenditures
and on-going operating expenses typically associated with the
deployment and management of enterprise telecommunications
systems. In particular, the scalable nature and the lack of
multiple redundant units required in our systems can
significantly reduce investments in equipment. Although the
initial capital expenditure associated with the implementation
of our systems may be greater than those required to extend a
TDM system to a hybrid system, we believe that the total
expenditures required to deploy, maintain and upgrade ShoreTel
systems result in significantly lower total cost of ownership
over time. We also believe enterprises that use our systems
incur lower operating, maintenance and upgrade costs than those
that use competing systems.
57
We believe that as a result of these key benefits and our
superior customer service, we maintain the industrys
highest level of customer satisfaction. According to Nemertes
Research, for the last four years, we have delivered the highest
level of customer satisfaction of any leading
IP-based
telecommunications vendor rated in its enterprise benchmarks
across all surveyed criteria, including value, technology,
value-added reseller expertise, customer service, solution
experience, product features, installation/troubleshooting and
performance.
Our
Strategy
Our goal is to become the leading provider of IP
telecommunications systems for enterprises. Key elements of our
strategy include:
Extend our technology advantage.
We believe
that our distributed software architecture and switch-based
hardware platform provide us with a key competitive advantage.
To further differentiate our systems, we intend to continue our
research and development activities to enhance the functionality
of our systems, feature set and end user experience. We also
intend to develop new and expand existing relationships with
technology partners to provide additional system applications,
such as multi-media capabilities. We also intend to continue to
develop additional applications for our systems and expand the
interoperability of our systems with additional enterprise
applications.
Grow our distribution network.
We intend to
increase our market penetration and extend our geographic reach
by expanding our business with existing channel partners and by
adding channel partners that serve specific target markets. We
are focused on expanding relationships with channel partners
that will enable us to increase adoption of our systems by large
enterprises. We also intend to further develop our relationships
with channel partners that operate in strategic international
markets. We believe international markets represent a
significant growth opportunity, since those markets are expected
to increasingly adopt IP telecommunications systems.
Maintain focus on customer satisfaction.
We
believe that satisfied enterprise customers are likely to
purchase more of our products and to serve as advocates for our
systems. We intend to continue to work closely with enterprise
customers to gain valuable knowledge about their existing and
future product requirements to help us develop new products and
product enhancements that address their evolving requirements.
We also intend to actively measure, and develop programs to
continue to enhance, customer satisfaction.
Increase our brand awareness.
We believe that
increased visibility and awareness of the ShoreTel brand will
enhance our ability to participate in enterprise customer
evaluations of telecommunications systems, and will enable us to
continue growing our enterprise customer base. We intend to
increase our sales and marketing activities with both channel
partners and enterprise customers through targeted marketing
programs, such as participation in seminars, trade shows and
conferences, and advertising and public relations initiatives.
Increase penetration of our installed base.
We
plan to leverage our installed enterprise customer base to
increase future sales. Since many organizations initially deploy
our systems at a single location, we believe we can drive
further penetration of our systems at multiple locations within
these enterprises. By increasing our penetration, we believe we
can continue to realize increased operating efficiencies while
driving a wider adoption of our systems.
Products
We provide a switch-based IP telecommunications system for
enterprises. Our systems are based on our distributed software
architecture and switch-based hardware platform that enable a
single telecommunications system to serve multi-site
enterprises. This architecture provides high network reliability
and allows for a single point of management and administration
of a system across all sites of a multi-site enterprise. System
administrators can make changes anywhere throughout the system
through a web browser interface that presents a user-friendly
view of the systems configuration. Our architecture also
provides end users with a consistent and full set of features
across an enterprise, regardless of location.
58
We introduced our first suite of products in 1998 and have
continued to add features and functionality throughout our
history. Our solution is comprised of ShoreGear switches,
ShorePhone IP phones and ShoreWare software applications. As new
software versions of our solution have been released, existing
enterprise customers have been able to upgrade their switches,
phones and applications, allowing them to preserve their
ShoreTel investment.
ShoreGear switches.
Our switches provide call
management functionality, and each switch in the system is
capable of independently establishing and terminating calls
without relying on a centralized call control server. As a
result, enterprise telecommunications can survive a variety of
LAN, WAN and hardware failures. The high reliability of our
switches is enhanced by two key design features: the use of
flash memory in lieu of disk drives and running an embedded
operating system optimized for real-time processing, such as
call management. Unlike disk drives, flash memory does not rely
on mechanical movement, and therefore is less likely to break
down and cause our systems to fail. Furthermore, our embedded
operating system enables a higher performing and more reliable
software platform relative to server-centric IP systems because
it is optimized for real-time processing. The reliability of
each site within the system can be further improved by adding a
single additional switch to that site to create n+1
redundancy, rather than requiring a dedicated back-up switch for
each primary switch to improve reliability as needed by
alternative systems. In addition, our switches connect to the
public telephone network via one of several interfaces,
including T1 and E1 interfaces for high-density connectivity to
the public telephone network. We offer nine switches of varying
sizes to meet the needs of enterprises of all sizes. The modular
nature of our switches allows our enterprise customers to easily
expand their system capacity by deploying additional switches
across their network.
ShorePhone IP phones.
We offer a range of
innovative, high performance phones to meet the needs of the
different types of end users across the enterprise. Our phones
are designed to provide a superior combination of ergonomics,
sound quality and appearance. We offer five phones that vary by
size, display features and line capacity. ShorePhone IP phones
are designed to function without any configuration, simplifying
installation. Our systems also support Wi-Fi phones for mobile
workers. Our range of IP phones include the following models,
which are offered in silver and black:
ShoreWare software applications.
Our ShoreWare
software features a number of applications that facilitate the
end user experience and enterprise system management. In
addition, we offer additional business applications
59
that integrate with core business processes to provide improved
functionality and enhanced end user productivity. An industry
standard server is used to support these applications, as
opposed to the call management functions of our systems, which
run entirely on ShoreGear switches. Our ShoreWare software
consists of our proprietary software as well as third-party
applications and includes:
|
|
|
|
|
ShoreWare desktop applications.
ShoreWare
desktop applications for end users include the following primary
offerings: Personal Call Manager, Unified Messaging, Office
Anywhere, Automated Attendant and a softphone.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personal Call Manager.
Personal Call Manager
is an application that allows end users to manage their voice
communications from their desktops. With the click of a mouse,
end users can initiate, manage, terminate, and receive calls,
convene and manage conference calls, and see the availability of
others on the network. This functionality is enhanced by the
integration of our Personal Call Manager application with
Microsoft Outlook, which allows the end user to initiate calls
from a contact list.
|
|
|
|
Unified Messaging.
Unified Messaging
integrates our voicemail application with Microsoft Outlook.
This enables end users to receive, send, be notified of and play
voice mail messages through their Microsoft Outlook email.
|
|
|
|
Office Anywhere.
Office Anywhere enables end
users outside the office to manage calls with Personal Call
Manager and to enjoy the same call handling productivity
benefits as their office-based colleagues. Communications
directed to the end users office phone are forwarded to
the end users location, and the end users outbound
calls appear to the called party as if they originated in the
end users office. Using Office Anywhere, end users have
the same call management and unified messaging features and
functionality at remote locations as they have in their offices.
|
|
|
|
Softphone.
ShoreTels softphone
application allows an end user to turn a PC into an IP phone by
simply connecting a headset to the PC and activating the
application.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automated Attendant.
Automated Attendant
provides end users with a
24-hour
automated call answering and routing capability that enables the
enterprise to direct callers to appropriate individuals,
workgroups or messages.
|
|
|
|
Workgroup.
Workgroup is an entry-level contact
center application that provides real-time handling of incoming
calls to enterprises, with call routing, queuing and reporting
tools.
|
|
|
|
ShoreWare system management.
Our browser-based
system management applications consist of ShoreWare Director and
ShoreWare System Monitor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
ShoreWare Director.
ShoreWare Director
provides enterprises with a single point of system management,
enabling IT administrators to view and manage the entire
telecommunications system of the enterprise from any location
using a single application. A new end users extension,
mailbox and automated attendant profile can be added from a
single management screen, avoiding the additional work required
with most PBXs, voice mail systems and automated attendants.
|
|
|
|
ShoreWare System Monitor.
ShoreWare System
Monitor is an IP voice management tool that is designed to
continuously measure the performance of every link in the
network, enabling an enterprise to identify and address voice
quality issues.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional business applications.
We offer
other business applications, such as ShoreTel Contact Center,
ShoreTel Converged Conferencing and salesforce.com integration.
ShoreTel Contact Center allows enterprises to efficiently manage
significant inbound or outbound call activities. ShoreTel
Converged Conferencing enables enterprises to conduct large
audio conferences and provides collaboration tools for
application sharing, desktop sharing, instant messaging and end
user availability information. Our salesforce.com integration
application is designed to improve the productivity of end users
that use salesforce.com by seamlessly integrating voice
communications capabilities into their data driven workflow.
|
60
ShoreTel
Global Services
We complement our product offerings with a broad range of
services that help us maintain and expand our relationships with
enterprise customers and channel partners and, in the case of
post-contractual support, provide us with recurring revenue.
Typically, our channel partners provide many of these services,
although we provide back up and escalation support as needed, or
if requested by the enterprise customer, we provide these
services directly.
The ShoreTel Global Services include post-contractual support,
training, system design and installation, and professional
services.
|
|
|
|
|
Post-contractual support services include web-based access
support services and tools, access to technical support
engineers, hardware replacement and software updates. These
services are typically offered under support contracts with
terms of up to five years.
|
|
|
|
Training services include certification programs for channel
partners, training programs at enterprise customer or channel
partner locations and self-paced, desktop training programs.
|
|
|
|
System design and installation services include the assessment
of the telecommunications requirements of a particular
enterprise, the configuration of a system to maximize its
efficiency, the management of the installation, and the
subsequent testing and implementation of our systems.
|
|
|
|
Professional services include software development to improve
system performance, enable integration of our systems with third
party applications or legacy systems, streamline business
processes and address enterprise customer-specific business
opportunities.
|
Technology
Our systems are based on a combination of our proprietary
software, industry-standard interfaces and protocols, and
customized and
off-the-shelf
hardware components. We have developed proprietary technologies
that are critical to the operation of the servers and ShoreGear
switches within our systems and provide our systems with the
properties that distinguish them from alternative IP systems.
The key elements of our distributed software architecture are:
|
|
|
|
|
software that enables calling between switches and allows calls
to be distributed among switches instead of using a single
centralized switch;
|
|
|
|
|
|
software that enables ShoreGear switches to obtain call routing
information;
|
|
|
|
|
|
software that monitors the bandwidth consumed on each WAN
segment and prevents the system from exceeding bandwidth
limitations;
|
|
|
|
|
|
software that monitors all call activity on ShoreGear switches,
and enables integration of ShoreTel and third-party applications;
|
|
|
|
|
|
software that coordinates the functions of all servers on the
system, allowing them to perform as a single, virtual server;
|
|
|
|
|
|
software that enables remote ShoreTel and third-party
applications to access and modify our systems;
|
|
|
|
|
|
software that enables the switch to communicate with the
application server, and receive system configuration information;
|
|
|
|
|
|
software that allows each switch to maintain a comprehensive
view of the system; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
software that provides a graphical user interface for our phones.
|
Our switch-based software also uses industry-standard Media
Gateway Control Protocol, or MGCP, and Session Initiation
Protocol, or SIP, for setting up calls.
ShoreGear switches are comprised of
off-the-shelf,
embedded microprocessors and networking components, such as
Ethernet controllers, and customized integrated circuits. These
switches run on Wind River VxWorks, a
61
widely-used embedded operating system, and use random access
memory and flash memory and our switch call management software
for application processing. ShorePhone IP phones are comprised
of enterprise IP phone chips manufactured by Broadcom
Corporation and customized LCD displays, microphones and speaker
circuitry.
Enterprise
Customers
Our enterprise customers include small, medium and large
companies and public institutions in a wide range of vertical
markets, including the financial services, government,
education, health care, manufacturing, non-profit organization,
professional services and technology industries. As of
December 31, 2006, we had sold our IP tele-communications
systems to approximately 4,400 enterprise customers, including
CNET Networks, Robert Half International and the City of
Oakland, California. Our broad enterprise customer base reflects
our historical strength in the small and medium-sized business
and public institution sectors.
We believe that maintaining the highest possible levels of
customer satisfaction is critical to our ability to retain
existing and gain new enterprise customers. We believe that
satisfied enterprise customers will purchase more of our
products and serve as advocates for our systems, and we work
closely with them as they deploy and use our systems. We follow
every implementation with a formal review with the enterprise
customer that involves contacts with our internal staff and
third-party technical personnel, and take prompt action to
resolve any issues that might have been identified. We also have
frequent follow-up contacts with our enterprise customers to
promptly resolve issues and to ensure that they are fully
satisfied with their system. We also survey enterprise customers
that use technical support services to ensure that high-quality
support services are being provided. Through this process, we
gain valuable insights into the existing and future requirements
of our enterprise customers activities and this helps us
develop product enhancements that address the evolving
requirements of enterprises.
Additionally, to promote high-quality support throughout our
services organization, we measure key performance indicators and
operational metrics of our services organization, including call
answer times, call abandon rates, customer satisfaction with
technical support, time to issue resolution, call interaction
quality, as well as customer satisfaction with system
implementation, training services and technical support, and use
the results to direct the management of our services
organization.
We also monitor our enterprise customers satisfaction with
our channel partners by surveying our enterprise customers after
the system is installed. We actively encourage our channel
partners to maintain and improve our enterprise customers
levels of satisfaction. We also monitor our channel
partners satisfaction with ShoreTel, as their satisfaction
with and advocacy of ShoreTel is also very important to our
success.
Sales and
Marketing
We sell our products and services primarily through an extensive
network of approximately 450 channel partners. These channel
partners range in size from single-site, regional firms with
specialized products and services to multi-national firms that
provide a full range of IT products and services. Our channel
partners market and sell our products into both the large
enterprise and
small-to-medium
enterprise markets. We maintain a sales organization that
recruits, qualifies and trains new channel partners,
participates in sales presentations to potential enterprise
customers and assesses customer feedback to assist in developing
product roadmaps. As part of our increased focus on sales to
large accounts, we have also implemented a major accounts
program whereby senior sales executives assist our channel
partners in selling to and providing support for large
enterprise customer accounts. No single channel partner
accounted for 10% or more of our total revenue in the fiscal
2006 or the six-month period ended December 31, 2006. As of
March 31, 2007, we had 87 personnel in sales and marketing
activities.
We believe our channel partner network allows us to effectively
sell our systems without the need to build large dedicated
in-house sales and service capabilities. We continue to work
with existing channel partners to expand their sales of our
systems and to recruit new channel partners with a focus on
increasing market coverage.
Our internal marketing team focuses on increasing brand
awareness, communicating product advantages and generating
qualified leads for our sales force and channel partners. In
addition to providing marketing materials, we
62
communicate product and service offerings through our installed
base and news letters, direct mail campaigns, web postings,
press releases and web-based training.
Research
and Development
We believe that our ability to enhance our current products,
develop and introduce new products on a timely basis, maintain
technological competitiveness and meet enterprise customer
requirements is essential to our success. To this end, we have
assembled a team of engineers with expertise in various fields,
including voice and IP communications, telecommunications
network design, data networking and software engineering. Our
principal research and development activities are conducted in
Sunnyvale, California. We have invested significant time and
financial resources into the development of our architecture,
including our switches and related software. We intend to
continue to expand our product offerings, improve the features
available on our products and integrate our systems with
third-party enterprise applications. As of March 31, 2007,
we had a total of 81 personnel in research and development and
related technical service and support functions. Research and
development expenses were $5.5 million, $7.0 million,
$9.7 million and $7.2 million in fiscal 2004, 2005 and
2006, and the six-month period ended December 31, 2006,
respectively.
Manufacturing
and Suppliers
We outsource the manufacturing of our hardware products. This
outsourcing allows us to:
|
|
|
|
|
avoid costly capital expenditures for the establishment of
manufacturing operations;
|
|
|
|
focus on the design, development, sales and support of our
hardware products; and
|
|
|
|
leverage the scale, expertise and purchasing power of
specialized contract manufacturers.
|
Currently, we have arrangements for the production of our
switches with Jabil Circuit, Inc., a contract manufacturer in
California, and we have arrangements for the production of our
phones with Giant Electronics Ltd., a contract manufacturer
located in China. Our contract manufacturers provide us with a
range of operational and manufacturing services, including
component procurement and performing final testing and assembly
of our products. We depend on our contract manufacturers to
procure components and to maintain adequate manufacturing
capacity. We typically fulfill product orders out of our
Sunnyvale, California offices.
We regularly provide forecasts for orders, and we order products
from our contract manufacturers based on our projected sales
levels. However, enterprise customers may generally cancel or
reschedule orders without penalty, and delivery schedules
requested by enterprise customers in these orders frequently
vary based upon each enterprise customers particular needs.
We also rely on sole or limited numbers of suppliers for several
key components utilized in the assembly of our products. For
example, our contract manufacturers purchase semiconductors that
are essential to the production of our phones from a single
source supplier, and we have not identified any alternative
suppliers for these components. This reliance is amplified by
the fact that we and our contract manufacturers maintain
relatively low inventories and acquire components only as
needed. As a result, our ability to respond to enterprise
customer orders efficiently may be constrained by the
then-current availability or terms and pricing of these
components. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain
a sufficient quantity of these components in a timely manner to
meet the demands of our enterprise customers or that prices of
these components will not increase. These delays or any
disruption of the supply of these components could also
materially and adversely affect our operating results.
Competition
The market for enterprise IP telecommunications systems is
quickly evolving, highly competitive and subject to rapid
technological change. As a result of the convergence of voice
and data networking technologies that
63
characterize IP enterprise telecommunications systems, we
compete with providers of enterprise voice communications
systems, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
Providers of IP systems, including 3Com and Cisco
Systems; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Providers of hybrid systems, including Alcatel-Lucent, Avaya,
Inter-Tel, Mitel Networks (which recently announced that it has
agreed to acquire Inter-Tel) and Nortel Networks.
|
In addition, because the market for our products is subject to
rapid technological change, as the market evolves we may face
competition in the future from companies that do not currently
compete in the enterprise communications market, including
companies that currently compete in other sectors of the
information technology, communications and software industries
or communications companies that serve residential rather than
enterprise customers. In particular, as more enterprises
converge their voice and data networks, the business information
technology and communication applications deployed on converged
networks become more integrated. We may face increased
competition from current leaders in information technology
infrastructure, information technology, personal and business
applications and the software that connects the network
infrastructure to those applications, such as Microsoft. We
could also face competition from new market entrants, whether
from new ventures or from established companies moving into the
market. Competition from these and other potential market
entrants may take many forms, including offering products and
applications similar to those we offer as part of a larger,
bundled offering. In addition, technological developments and
consolidation within the communications industry result in
frequent changes to our group of competitors. Many of our
current and potential competitors are substantially larger than
we are and have significantly greater financial, sales,
marketing, distribution, technical, manufacturing and other
resources.
We believe that we compete favorably with regard to the
principal competitive factors applicable to our products, which
include:
|
|
|
|
|
price of products and services and total cost of ownership;
|
|
|
|
system reliability;
|
|
|
|
voice quality and product features;
|
|
|
|
ease of administration and installation, including system
scalability;
|
|
|
|
customer service and technical support;
|
|
|
|
relationships with buyers and decision makers and brand
recognition;
|
|
|
|
an installed base of similar or related products;
|
|
|
|
the ability to integrate various products into an enterprise
customers existing networks, including the ability of a
providers products to interoperate with other
providers communications products; and
|
|
|
|
size and financial stability of our operations compared to those
of our competitors.
|
For more information concerning competition, please see
Risks Related To Our Business The market in
which we operate is intensely competitive, and many of our
competitors are larger, more established and better capitalized
than we are and As voice and data
networks converge, we are likely to face increased competition
from companies in the information technology, personal and
business applications and software industries.
Intellectual
Property
Our success as a company depends upon our ability to protect our
core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this,
we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights,
including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, as
well as customary contractual protections.
We have three patents issued in the United States, which expire
in 2019, 2023 and 2023, and have eleven patent applications in
the United States. We also have one foreign patent application
relating to one of our U.S. patents. We intend to file
other counterparts for these patents and patent applications in
foreign jurisdictions around the world.
64
ShoreTel, our logo, ShorePhone, ShoreGear and ShoreWare are
registered trademarks of ShoreTel.
The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property
rights may not be adequate. Third parties may infringe or
misappropriate our intellectual property rights and may
challenge our issued patents. In addition, other parties may
independently develop similar or competing technologies designed
around any patents that are or may be issued to us. We intend to
enforce our intellectual property rights vigorously, and from
time to time, we may initiate claims against third parties that
we believe are infringing on our intellectual property rights if
we are unable to resolve matters satisfactorily through
negotiation. If we fail to protect our proprietary rights
adequately, our competitors could offer similar products,
potentially significantly harming our competitive position and
decreasing our revenue.
Employees
As of March 31, 2007, we had 250 employees in North
America, Europe and Australia, of which 87 were in sales and
marketing, 81 were in engineering, 44 were in Global Support
Services, 24 were in general and administrative functions and 14
were in operations. None of our employees are represented by
labor unions, and we consider current employee relations to be
good.
Facilities
Our headquarters is located in a leased facility in Sunnyvale,
California and consists of approximately 64,000 square
feet. Our headquarters lease expires in September 2007 and we
expect to enter into a new lease for the same facility prior to
the expiration of our current headquarters lease. We also
maintain leased sales offices in Europe and Australia.
We do not maintain a dedicated warehouse facility for our
inventory, rather we rent space as needed at a
third-party
warehouse. We expect to enter into a lease for a shipping and
receiving facility with warehouse capacity prior to completion
of this offering. After we occupy this facility, our inventory
is expected to be kept at our facility and at the aforementioned
third party facility.
We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate
to meet our current needs, and we intend to add new facilities
or expand existing facilities as we add employees. We believe
that suitable additional or substitute space will be available
on commercially reasonable terms as needed to accommodate our
operations.
Legal
Proceedings
On April 2, 2007, a lawsuit was filed against us by Rates
Technology Inc. in the United States District Court for the
Northern District of California. Rates Technology alleges that
we have infringed U.S. Patent No. 5,425,085, entitled
Least Cost Routing Device for Separate Connection into
Phone Line, and U.S. Patent No. 5,519,769, entitled
Method and System for Updating a Call Rating
Database. In relation to its claim under each patent,
Rates Technology seeks injunctive relief, attorneys fees
and compensatory and other damages. In our answer, which we
filed on April 30, 2007, we have denied Rates
Technologys allegations and have counterclaimed for a
declaration of non-infringement, invalidity and unenforceability
of the patents, and a declaration that Rates Technology is not
entitled to collect damages for any alleged infringement
occurring prior to the time at which it first placed us on
notice of its claim of infringement in or about January of 2007.
We believe that we have meritorious defenses against the claims
asserted by Rates Technology and intend to vigorously defend the
lawsuit.
We are not a party to any other legal proceedings. We could
become involved in litigation from time to time relating to
claims arising out of our ordinary course of business or
otherwise.
65
MANAGEMENT
Executive
Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth information about our executive
officers and directors as of April 30, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
|
Position
|
|
John W. Combs
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer
|
Edwin J. Basart
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
Founder, Chief Technology Officer
and Director
|
John Finegan
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Pedro E. Rump
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Vice President, Engineering and
Operations
|
Stephen G. Timmerman
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Vice President, Marketing
|
Joseph A. Vitalone
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Vice President, Sales
|
Walter Weisner
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Vice President, Global Support
Services
|
Gary J. Daichendt(2)(3)
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
Director
|
Charles D. Kissner*(1)(3)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Director
|
Thomas van Overbeek(2)
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
Director
|
Brian K. Paul
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
Director
|
Edward F. Thompson(1)(3)
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Lead independent director.
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Member of our audit committee.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Member of our compensation committee.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Member of our corporate governance and nominating committee.
|
John W. Combs
has served as our President and Chief
Executive Officer and as a director since July 2004 and as our
Chairman since February 2007. From July 2002 to May 2004,
Mr. Combs served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Littlefeet Inc., a wireless infrastructure supplier. From
September 1999 to July 2002, Mr. Combs served as Chief
Executive Officer of InternetConnect Inc., a broadband
networking solutions provider. Mr. Combs has also held
senior management positions at Nextel Communications, Inc., a
wireless digital communications system provider, L.A. Cellular,
a wireless network operator, Mitel Inc., a manufacturer of
private branch exchanges and Fujitsu Business Communication
Systems, Inc., a provider of telecommunications products.
Mr. Combs holds a B.S. in engineering from California
Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo.
Edwin J. Basart
co-founded ShoreTel in 1996 and has
served as our Chief Technology Officer and as a director since
inception. Prior to co-founding ShoreTel, Mr. Basart
co-founded Network Computing Devices, Inc., a provider of thin
client computing hardware and software, where he served as Vice
President of Engineering, and Ridge Computers, Inc. where he
served as Vice President of Software. Mr. Basart began his
career as a software engineer at Hewlett Packard.
Mr. Basart holds a B.S. in English from Iowa State
University and an M.S. in electrical engineering from Stanford
University.
John Finegan
has served as our Chief Financial Officer
since April 2003. From July 1989 to March 2003, Mr. Finegan
served as Chief Financial Officer of ActionPoint, Inc.
(previously named Cornerstone Imaging, Inc.), an enterprise
software company that later merged with Captiva Software
Corporation. Prior to joining Cornerstone Imaging,
Mr. Finegan served as Vice President of Finance and
Administration of Faraday Electronics Inc., a fabless
semiconductor company, and held senior management positions at
ECS Microsystems Inc., a computer terminal company and Beckman
Instruments Inc., a scientific instruments company.
Mr. Finegan holds a B.S. in engineering from Tufts
University and an M.B.A. from the University of Massachusetts.
Mr. Finegan has informed us that he intends to retire from
ShoreTel after a successor is identified and retained, but that
he intends to remain with ShoreTel through this offering and
through a reasonable transition period following the retention
of his successor. On April 30, 2007, we announced that we
had named Michael Healy to succeed Mr. Finegan as our Chief
Financial Officer effective as of May 10, 2007.
66
Pedro E. Rump
has served as our Vice President of
Engineering and Operations since January 2006. From July 2004 to
January 2006, Mr. Rump served as Vice President of
Engineering and Operations at Dust Networks, Inc., a developer
of embedded wireless sensor networking products. From January
2004 to July 2004, Mr. Rump served as Vice President of
Engineering at Sonim Technologies, Inc., a provider of voice
over IP applications. From January 2003 to January 2004,
Mr. Rump served as Vice President of Engineering at
Littlefeet Inc. From January 2002 to October 2002, Mr. Rump
served as Vice President of Inviso, a developer of signal
transport and display solutions for television and
telecommunications. Mr. Rump holds a B.S. and M.S. in
electrical engineering from the Swiss Federal Institute of
Technology.
Stephen G. Timmerman
has served as our Vice President of
Marketing since January 2005. From February 2004 to December
2004, Mr. Timmerman was an independent marketing and
business consultant. From February 2003 to January 2004, he
served as Vice President for Bermai, Inc., a provider of
chipsets for wireless applications. From February 2002 to
November 2002, Mr. Timmerman served as Vice President of
Marketing for Proxim Wireless Corporation, a developer of
broadband wireless networking systems. Prior to joining Proxim,
Mr. Timmerman held management positions at Octel
Communications Corporation, a supplier of voicemail systems, and
at McKinsey & Company, a consulting firm.
Mr. Timmerman holds a B.S. in mechanical and aerospace
engineering from Princeton University and an M.B.A. from Harvard
University.
Joseph A. Vitalone
has served as our Vice President of
Sales since October 2005. From February 2003 to October 2005,
Mr. Vitalone served as Vice President of Worldwide Sales
for CoVI Technologies, Inc., a provider of digital surveillance
solutions. From June 2001 to July 2003, Mr. Vitalone served
as Senior Vice President of Sales for Wire One Communications,
Inc., a video conferencing solutions provider. Prior to joining
Wire One Communications, Mr. Vitalone served as Vice
President of Sales for Polycom, Inc., a provider of broadband
communications solutions, and held sales positions at ViaVideo
Communications, Inc., a developer of group video communications
systems, Mitel, PictureTel Corporation, a video conferencing
solutions provider, Siemens A.G., and AT&T Wireless
Services, Inc. Mr. Vitalone holds a B.A. in business and
public relations from Western Kentucky University.
Walter Weisner
has served as our Vice President of Global
Support Services since July 2005. From April 2002 to June 2005,
Mr. Weisner served as Vice President, Global Support
Services for Webex Communications, Inc., a web communications
services provider. From October 1999 to March 2002,
Mr. Weisner served as Executive Vice President of
Operations and Support for InternetConnect. Prior to joining
InternetConnect, Mr. Weisner served as Senior Director of
Customer Operations and Support for Nextel Communications,
Southwest region, and also held positions in product management
and product development with Nextel. Mr. Weisner holds a
B.A. in business administration from Cleveland State University.
Gary J. Daichendt
has served as a director of ShoreTel
since April 2007. Mr. Daichendt has been principally occupied as
a private investor since June 2005 and has been a managing
member of TheoryR Properties LLC, a commercial real estate firm,
since October 2002. He served as President and Chief Operating
Officer of Nortel Networks Corporation, a supplier of
communication equipment, from March 2005 to June 2005. Prior to
joining Nortel Networks, from 1994 until his retirement in
December 2000, Mr. Daichendt served in a number of
positions at Cisco Systems, Inc., a manufacturer of
communications and information technology networking products,
including most recently as Executive Vice President, Worldwide
Operations from August 1998 to December 2000, and as Senior Vice
President, Worldwide Operations from September 1996 to August
1998. Mr. Daichendt is a member of the board of directors
of NCR Corporation. Mr. Daichendt holds a B.A. in
Mathematics from Youngstown State University and M.S. in
Mathematics from The Ohio State University.
Charles D. Kissner
has served as our lead independent
director since April 2007 and as a director of ShoreTel since
April 2006. Mr. Kissner is Chairman of Harris Stratex
Networks, Inc., formerly Stratex Networks, a provider of
wireless transmission systems. He previously served as Chairman
of Stratex Networks from July 1995 to January 2007 and as its
President and Chief Executive Officer from July 1995 to May 2000
as well as from October 2001 to May 2006. Prior to joining
Stratex Networks, Mr. Kissner served as Vice President and
General Manager of M/A-Com, Inc., a manufacturer of radio and
microwave communications products, as Executive Vice President
of Fujitsu Network Switching of America, Inc., a switch
manufacturer and as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Aristacom International, Inc., a provider of computer/telephony
integration solutions. Mr. Kissner also previously
67
held several executive positions at AT&T for over thirteen
years. He also serves on the board of directors of SonicWALL,
Inc., a provider of Internet security products. Mr. Kissner
is a member of the Advisory Board of Santa Clara
Universitys Leavey School of Business and holds a B.S. in
industrial management and engineering from California State
Polytechnic University and an M.B.A. from Santa Clara
University.
Thomas van Overbeek
has served as a director of ShoreTel
since February 2002. From February 2002 to July 2004,
Mr. van Overbeek served as Chief Executive Officer and
President of ShoreTel. He also served as a consultant to
ShoreTel from December 2001 to February 2002. Prior to joining
ShoreTel, Mr. van Overbeek served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of WavTrace Inc., a developer of broadband
wireless technology. Prior to joining WavTrace, Mr. van
Overbeek served as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Cornerstone Imaging.
Brian K. Paul
has served as a director of ShoreTel since
June 2001. Mr. Paul is a managing director in Private
Equity at Lehman Brothers Inc. and a partner in Lehman Brothers
Venture Partners. Prior to joining Private Equity in 1999,
Mr. Paul worked in Lehman Brothers Global Technology
and Healthcare Investment Banking Groups, in New York, London
and Los Angeles. Mr. Paul holds a B.S. in economics from
the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and an
M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management.
Edward F. Thompson
has served as a director of ShoreTel
since January 2006. Mr. Thompson has served as a senior
advisor to Fujitsu Limited and as a director of several Fujitsu
subsidiaries or portfolio companies since 1995. From 1976
to 1994, Mr. Thompson held a series of management positions
with Amdahl Corporation including Chief Financial Officer and
Secretary from August 1983 to June 1994, and Chief Executive
Officer of Amdahl Capital Corporation from October 1985 to
June 1994. Mr. Thompson is a member of the board of
directors of Harris Stratex Networks, Inc. (formerly
Stratex Networks) and SonicWALL Inc., and also serves as audit
committee chair of those companies. He is also a member of the
Advisory Board of Santa Clara Universitys Leavey
School of Business. Mr. Thompson holds a B.S. in
aeronautical engineering from the University of Illinois, and an
M.B.A. with an emphasis in operations research from Santa Clara
University.
There are no family relationships between any of our directors
or executive officers.
Board
Composition
Our board currently consists of seven members. Each director is
elected at a meeting of stockholders and serves until our next
annual meeting or until his successor is duly elected and
qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.
Any vacancy on our board, except for a vacancy created by the
removal of a director without cause, shall be filled by a person
selected by a majority of the remaining directors then in
office, or by a sole remaining director, unless the board of
directors determines that the particular vacancy will be filled
by the vote of the stockholders. Pursuant to a voting agreement
among us and our stockholders, investors affiliated with
Lehman Brothers Venture Partners, of which Mr. Paul is
a partner, have the right to designate representatives to serve
on our board of directors. Upon the completion of this offering,
this voting agreement will terminate, and no stockholders will
have any contractual rights with us regarding the election of
our directors.
Effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of
directors will be divided into three classes of directors who
will serve in staggered three-year terms. Our directors will be
assigned to a class prior to the completion of this offering.
Effective upon completion of this offering, our certificate of
incorporation will provide that the authorized number of
directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of
directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an
increase in the number of directors will be distributed among
the three classes with three-year terms so that, as nearly as
possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.
At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to
directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from
the time of election and qualification until the third annual
meeting following election. As a result, only one class of
directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our
stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the
remainder of their respective three-year terms. The division of
our board of directors into these three classes may delay or
prevent a change of our management or a change in control. See
Description of Capital Stock Anti-takeover
Provisions.
68
Director
Independence
Upon the completion of this offering, our common stock will be
listed on the NASDAQ Global Market. The rules of the NASDAQ
Stock Market require that a majority of the members of our board
of directors be independent within specified periods following
the completion of this offering. Prior to completion of this
offering, we expect our board of directors will adopt the
definitions, standards and exceptions to the standards for
evaluating director independence provided in the NASDAQ Stock
Market rules, and determine that Gary J. Daichendt, Charles D.
Kissner, Brian K. Paul and Edward F. Thompson are
independent directors as defined under the rules of
the NASDAQ Stock Market. We expect that Mr. van Overbeek will
qualify as an independent director in July 2007 after three
years have passed since he was employed as our President and
Chief Executive Officer. In April 2007, our board of directors
designated Mr. Kissner as our lead independent director.
Board
Committees
Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation
committee and a governance and nominating committee. The
composition and responsibilities of each committee are described
below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation
or until otherwise determined by our board.
Audit
Committee
Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and
financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit
committee:
|
|
|
|
|
evaluates the qualifications, independence and performance of
our independent registered public accounting firm;
|
|
|
|
determines the engagement of our independent registered public
accounting firm and reviews and approves the scope of the annual
audit and the audit fee;
|
|
|
|
discusses with management and our independent registered public
accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review
of our quarterly financial statements;
|
|
|
|
approves the retention of our independent registered public
accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit
services;
|
|
|
|
monitors the rotation of partners of our independent registered
public accounting firm on our engagement team as required by law;
|
|
|
|
reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates; and
|
|
|
|
annually reviews the audit committee charter and the
committees performance.
|
Our audit committee currently consists of Charles D. Kissner and
Edward F. Thompson. Upon the completion of this offering, our
audit committee is expected to consist of three members of our
board of directors, each of whom will then meet the requirements
for financial literacy under the applicable rules and
regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market and will then
meet the criteria for independence under the applicable
regulations of the SEC and under the applicable rules of the
NASDAQ Stock Market. At least one of these individuals will be a
financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the
SEC and therefore will have the requisite financial
sophistication required under the applicable rules and
regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The audit committee
operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable
standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market.
Compensation
Committee
Our compensation committee currently consists of Gary J.
Daichendt and Thomas van Overbeek. Our compensation committee
reviews and recommends policy relating to compensation and
benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation
committee reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives
relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and
other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these
officers in light of those goals and objectives and sets the
compensation of these officers based on such evaluations.
69
The compensation committee also administers the issuance of
stock options and other awards under our equity award plans. The
compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least
annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its
members, including compliance of the compensation committee with
its charter. Upon the completion of this offering, our
compensation committee is expected to consist of at least two
members of our board of directors, each of whom will meet the
criteria for independence and be an outside director under the
applicable rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market and
the Internal Revenue Service, respectively.
Governance
and Nominating Committee
Our governance and nominating committee currently consists of
Gary J. Daichendt, Edward F. Thompson and Charles D.
Kissner. Our governance and nominating committee makes
recommendations to the board of directors regarding candidates
for directorships and the size and composition of the board of
directors and its committees. In addition, the governance
and nominating committee oversees our corporate governance
guidelines and reporting and makes recommendations to the board
of directors concerning governance matters. Upon the completion
of this offering, our governance and nominating committee is
expected to consist of at least two members of our board of
directors, each of whom will then meet the criteria for
independence under the applicable rules of the NASDAQ Stock
Market.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
During our 2006 fiscal year, our compensation committee
consisted of Seth D. Neiman, a former director, and Thomas van
Overbeek. None of the members of the compensation committee has
at any time during the last fiscal year ever been an officer or
employee of our company or any of its subsidiaries, and none
have had any relationships with our company of the type that is
required to be disclosed under Item 404 of
Regulation S-K.
None of our executive officers has served as a member of the
board of directors, or as a member of the compensation or
similar committee, of any entity that has one or more executive
officers who served on our board of directors or compensation
committee during our 2006 fiscal year.
Director
Compensation
The following table provides information for our fiscal year
ended June 30, 2006 regarding all plan and non-plan
compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each person who
served as a non-employee director for some portion or all of
fiscal 2006. Other than as set forth in the table and the
narrative that follows it, to date we have not paid any fees to
or reimbursed any expenses of our directors, made any equity or
non-equity awards to directors, or paid any other compensation
to directors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or Paid
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
in Cash
|
|
|
Awards(1)
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Edwin J. Basart
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John W. Combs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles D. Kissner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas van Overbeek
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brian K. Paul
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edward F. Thompson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Under the SFAS 123(R) modified prospective transition
method, we did not record any amounts in our consolidated
financial statements for fiscal 2006 with respect to these
awards.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
As of June 30, 2006, Mr. Kissner held an immediately
exercisable stock option to purchase 500,000 shares of our
common stock, with an exercise price of $0.10 per share, that
was granted during fiscal 2006, which option vests as to 25% of
the shares in April 2007 and as to 1/48 of the shares each month
over three years thereafter.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
As of June 30, 2006, Mr. Thompson held
500,000 shares of our common stock issued upon early
exercise of a stock option, with an exercise price of $0.08 per
share, that was granted during fiscal 2006, which shares vest as
to 25% of the shares in January 2007 and as to 1/48 of the
shares each month over three years thereafter.
|
70
Following the completion of this offering, we intend to
compensate independent directors with a combination of cash and
equity.
Cash Compensation.
Each independent director
will receive an annual retainer of $35,000. In addition, each
independent director who is not a committee chair will receive
an annual retainer for each standing committee of our board of
directors on which he serves equal to $3,000, or $5,000 in the
case of audit committee service. Our lead independent director
will receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 per year
for his service in that capacity, and each chair of a standing
committee of our board of directors will receive an annual
retainer of $5,000 , or $10,000 in the case of the audit
committee chair, for his service in that capacity.
In general, we do not pay fees to independent directors for
attendance at meetings of our board of directors and its
committees. In extraordinary and limited circumstances, we may
pay a fee $500 for each telephonic meeting and $1,000 for each
in-person meeting so long as two-thirds of the directors in
attendance and not abstaining approve the payment thereof,
assuming a quorum is present at the meeting.
Option Grants.
Each independent director who
becomes a member of our board of directors after this offering
will be granted an initial option to purchase
500,000 shares of our common stock upon appointment or
election to our board of directors. An additional option to
purchase shares of common stock will be granted to each
independent director on the fourth anniversary of the date on
which he commenced serving on our board of directors or the date
of this prospectus, whichever is later, and on each anniversary
thereafter, provided he has served continuously as a member of
our board of directors through the four-year or one-year period,
as the case may be. Although we expect to grant options to
purchase 52,000 shares in connection with the first
four-year anniversary option grant, this number may change in
the future based on market conditions and compensatory standards
in our industry at the time of grant. Each option granted to an
independent director will have a ten-year term and terminate
three months following the date the director ceases to be one of
our directors, or 12 months afterwards if termination is
due to death or disability. Each initial option grant vests and
becomes exercisable as to 1/48th of the shares each month after
the grant date over four years. Each four-year anniversary
option grant and subsequent annual grant vests as to
1/12
th
of the shares each month after the grant date over one year. The
vesting of stock options granted to our independent directors
will accelerate in full in connection with a change of control
of ShoreTel. In addition, independent directors are eligible to
receive discretionary awards under the 2007 equity incentive
plan. On April 13, 2007, in connection with
Mr. Daichendts appointment as a member of our board
of directors, we granted Mr. Daichendt an option to
purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock, with an
exercise price equal to $1.13 per share, which shares vest
and become exercisable as to
1/48
th
of the shares each month after the grant date over four years.
Thomas van Overbeek served as our Chief Executive Officer from
February 2002 until July 2004. He has continued to serve on our
board of directors since that time. Mr. van Overbeek
received salary, bonuses and stock options in his capacity as
Chief Executive Officer. In July 2004, we entered into a
separation agreement with Mr. van Overbeek that
provides for the continued vesting of his outstanding stock
options and other equity so long as he continues to serve on our
board of directors. While Mr. van Overbeek was employed as our
Chief Executive Officer, he was granted stock options to
purchase a total of 13,596,299 shares of our common stock under
our 1997 stock option plan, with a weighted average exercise
price of $0.04 per share, of which all are currently outstanding
and 2,599,149 are exercisable. In addition, the separation
agreement provides that we will use commercially reasonable
efforts to continue his health coverage as an active employee
under our group health plan so long as Mr. van Overbeek
continues to serve on the board of directors, and if we are
unable to do so, that we will reimburse COBRA premiums for
Mr. van Overbeek and his spouse.
71
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
Compensation
discussion and analysis
Our executive compensation program is designed to attract, as
needed, individuals with the skills necessary for us to achieve
our business plan, to reward those individuals fairly over time,
to retain those individuals who continue to perform at or above
the levels that we expect and to closely align the compensation
of those individuals with the performance of our company on both
a short-term and long-term basis. To that end, our executive
officers compensation has three primary
components base compensation or salary, cash
performance bonuses and stock option awards. In addition, we
provide our executive officers a variety of benefits that in
most cases are available generally to all salaried employees.
General.
We view the components of
compensation as related but distinct. Although our compensation
committee reviews total compensation of our executive officers,
we do not believe that significant compensation derived from one
component of compensation should negate or reduce compensation
from other components. We determine the appropriate level for
each compensation component based in part, but not exclusively,
on competitive benchmarking consistent with our recruiting and
retention goals, our view of internal equity and consistency,
overall company performance and other considerations we deem
relevant. To this end, we review executive compensation surveys
of high technology companies located in the Silicon Valley area
when making a crucial executive officer hiring decision and
annually when we review executive compensation. Except as
described below, our compensation committee has not adopted any
formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating
compensation between long-term and currently paid out
compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation or among
different forms of non-cash compensation. However, our
philosophy is to make a greater percentage of an employees
compensation performance-based and to keep cash compensation to
a competitive level while providing the opportunity to be well
rewarded through equity if the company performs well over time.
We also believe that for technology companies stock-based
compensation is the primary motivator in attracting employees,
rather than base salary or cash bonuses.
Our current intent is to perform at least annually a strategic
review of our executive officers overall compensation
packages to determine whether they provide adequate incentives
and motivation and whether they adequately compensate our
executive officers relative to comparable officers in other
companies with which we compete for executives. The most recent
overall compensation review occurred in October 2006. Board
meetings typically have included, for all or a portion of each
meeting, not only the compensation committee and board members
but also our chief executive officer. For compensation
decisions, including decisions regarding the grant of equity
compensation, relating to executive officers other than to our
chief executive officer, the board considers recommendations
from the compensation committee and also typically considers
recommendations from the chief executive officer.
At its October 2006 meeting, our board decided to set executive
officers total overall cash compensation at a level that
was at or near the
50
th
to
60
th
percentile
of salaries of executives with similar roles at comparable
pre-public companies, with incentive compensation targeted at
the
50
th
to
60
th
percentile
and base salary targeted at the
45
th
to
50
th
percentile.
Equity compensation was also targeted at the
50
th
percentile
of comparable companies. These allocations were consistent with
our goal of attracting and retaining superior employees, while
also aligning their interests with our performance. We realize
that using a benchmark may not always be appropriate but believe
that it is the best alternative at this point in the life cycle
of our company. In instances where an executive officer is
uniquely key to our success, our board may provide compensation
in excess of these percentiles. Our boards judgments with
regard to market levels of base compensation and aggregate
equity holdings were based on reports from an independent
consultant specializing in executive compensation, which was
engaged by our board to assist in the adjustment of the
compensation to our executives. The report compared our
executive compensation with the executive compensation at a
number of similarly situated private companies. Our choice of
the foregoing percentiles to apply to the data in the report
reflected consideration of our stockholders interests in
paying what was necessary, but not significantly more than
necessary, to achieve our corporate goals, while conserving cash
and equity as much as practicable. At its October 2006 meeting,
based on these benchmarks, our compensation committee
recommended and our board of directors subsequently approved
salary increases and additional option
72
grants to our executive officers. The numbers of shares subject
to the options granted in October 2006 to these officers are
reflected in the 2006 Grants of Plan-Based Awards
table below.
We account for equity compensation paid to our employees under
SFAS 123(R), which requires us to estimate and record an
expense over the service period of the award. Our cash
compensation is recorded as an expense at the time the
obligation is accrued. We receive a tax deduction for the
compensation expense. We structure cash bonus compensation so
that it is taxable to our executives at the time it becomes
available to them. We currently intend that all cash
compensation paid will be tax deductible for us. However, with
respect to equity compensation awards, while any gain recognized
by employees from nonqualified options granted at fair market
value should be deductible, to the extent that an option
constitutes an incentive stock option gain recognized by the
optionee will not be deductible if there is no disqualifying
disposition by the optionee. In addition, if we grant restricted
stock or restricted stock unit awards that are not subject to
performance vesting, they may not be fully deductible by us at
the time the award is otherwise taxable to employees.
Base compensation.
The salaries of
Messrs. Combs, Finegan, Weisner, Basart and Vitalone were
set at $275,000, $200,000, $225,000, $200,000 and $200,000 for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006. These were established
as part of our normal annual salary review process and reflect
our compensation committees review of the compensation
levels of similar positions at comparable companies. The
compensation committee increased the base salary of John Combs
effective in April 2006 to $325,000 per year, due to our
achieving positive cash flow, as specified under the terms of
his offer letter from July 2004.
Our board of directors approved, effective February 1,
2007, increases to the annual base salaries of our employees,
including our named executive officers, which generally ranged
from 3% to 5%.
Cash bonuses.
We utilize cash bonuses to
reward performance achievements. Bonus targets are established
every six months and are paid following each six month period.
These bonus targets are determined by our compensation committee
as a percentage of each executive officers base salary.
Our board also determines the performance measures and other
terms and conditions of these cash bonuses for executive
officers. For fiscal 2006, the bonus target for our chief
executive officer was 65% of his base salary, as provided in his
employment offer letter. The target bonus is 45% of base salary
for other executive officers. The bonus targets for each
executive officer is a pre-determined percentage of base salary
that is intended to provide a competitive level of compensation
if the executive officer achieves his or her performance
objectives as approved by our compensation committee. The bonus
criteria consist of: (1) company targets, which consist of
50% weighting for revenue, 25% weighting for profitability and
25% weighting for overall customer satisfaction,
(2) individual targets established by our chief executive
officer for the particular employee, and (3) a multiplier
ranging from 0 to 1.5 based on the executives overall
performance rating. The actual bonus award is determined
according to our companys and each executive
officers level of achievement against these performance
objectives. If the company objectives are within a specified
range, from 50% to 150% of the particular target could be
payable to the executives. The bonus for fiscal 2006 for our
chief executive officer was based on the boards review of
company performance targets, consisting of revenue,
profitability, customer satisfaction and its assessment of his
performance. For those executives that perform sales functions,
the individual targets will typically be based at least in part
on an individualized sales commission plan that is directly
related to the amount of products sold and that persons
role in the sale. The compensation committee chose revenue and
profitability level because it believed that, as a growth
company, we should reward revenue growth, but only if that
revenue growth is achieved cost effectively. Customer
satisfaction was also selected as a company target because of
our belief that customer satisfaction is critical to the success
of our business. The performance level multiplier was added
based on our belief that employees that might otherwise reach
various targets, may be contributing or not contributing to the
overall success of our company in a manner that promotes the
long-term growth and success of our company. Thus, we considered
the chosen metrics to be the best indicators of financial
success and stockholder value creation. We do not have a formal
policy regarding adjustment or recovery of awards or payments if
the relevant performance measures upon which they are based are
restated or otherwise adjusted in a manner that would reduce the
size of the award or payment.
For fiscal 2006, Messrs. Combs, Finegan, Weisner, Basart
and Vitalone earned bonuses equal to $188,162, $55,000, $80,000,
$65,000 and $60,000, respectively. These were paid in August
2006 as a result of having achieved, and in some cases exceeded,
the bonus targets specified for the second six months of fiscal
2006. In
73
addition, Mr. Vitalone earned sales commissions of $74,767
during fiscal year 2006. No bonuses were paid to the named
executive officers with respect to the first half of 2006, as
the performance targets were not met.
Our board of directors approved bonus plans for the first and
last six months of fiscal 2007 in October 2006 and December
2006, respectively. These target bonuses are based on the
overall metrics and formulas used for fiscal 2006, with
adjustments in the target company financial performance goals to
reflect our growth. The bonus target for our chief executive
officer is 75% of base salary, pursuant to the terms of his
employment offer letter, and the target bonuses remain at 45% of
base salary for our other executive officers. For the first half
of fiscal 2007, Messrs. Combs, Finegan, Weisner and Basart
earned bonuses equal to $126,000, $50,000, $65,000 and $50,000,
respectively as a result of having achieved, and in some cases
exceeded, the bonus targets specified for the first six months
of fiscal 2007. Bonuses for executive officers other than
Mr. Combs were paid in March 2007. Mr. Combs
bonus is expected to be paid before the completion of this
offering. In addition, Mr. Vitalone earned sales
commissions of $53,400 during the first half of fiscal year 2007.
In addition, our chief financial officer is entitled to a
performance bonus that provides for a payout at the 150% level
under the bonus plan for the second half of fiscal 2007 so long
as he remains employed with our company at June 30, 2007
and has met his performance goals. He will also be entitled to
receive a similar bonus if he is employed by us at
December 31, 2007.
Stock options and equity awards.
We utilize
stock options to ensure that our executive officers have a
continuing stake in our long-term success. Because our executive
officers are awarded stock options with an exercise price equal
to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of
grant, the determination of which is discussed below, these
options will have value to our executive officers only if the
market price of our common stock increases after the date of
grant. Typically, our stock options vest at a rate of 25% of the
shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the
grant date, and with respect to approximately 2.1% of the shares
each month thereafter. The stock options that we have granted
under our 1997 stock option plan to executive officers may be
exercised by the recipient at any time, however, any shares
purchased are subject to a lapsing right of repurchase in our
favor. This repurchase right lapses on the same schedule as the
vesting of the option.
Authority to make stock option grants to executive officers has
historically rested with our board of directors, and we expect
our board of directors will delegate that authority to our
compensation committee in the future. In determining the size of
stock option grants to executive officers, our board of
directors considers our performance against the strategic plan,
individual performance against the individuals objectives,
comparative share ownership data from compensation surveys of
high technology companies in our area, the extent to which
shares subject to previously granted options are vested and the
recommendations of our chief executive officer and other members
of management.
In the first half of fiscal 2006, our board of directors based
its determination of the value of our common stock on its
assessment of our financial performance and prospects and the
likelihood of a liquidity event. Since the likelihood of an
initial public offering of our common stock was remote during
this period, our board of directors heavily weighted the value
of the liquidation preferences and participation rights of the
shares of our preferred stock in its assessment, and discounted
the per share value it determined based on its assessment of the
lack of marketability of our common stock. Since January 2006,
our board of directors determined the value of our common stock
based on the methodologies and other relevant factors discussed
under Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates Valuation
of Common Stock.
We do not have any program, plan or obligation that requires us
to grant equity compensation on specified dates and, because we
have not been a public company, we have not made equity grants
in connection with the release or withholding of material
non-public information. However, we intend to implement policies
to ensure that equity awards are granted at fair market value on
the date that the grant action occurs.
During fiscal 2006, we granted to Mr. Weisner a stock option to
purchase 1,800,000 shares of common stock in connection
with his joining our company in April 2005. We believed that
this grant was consistent with our overall approach of remaining
competitive in the marketplace, and was also necessary in order
to retain the services of Mr. Weisner. We also made an
additional grant of 200,000 shares of our common stock to
Mr. Weisner in January
74
2006, in order to reward him commensurate with his contribution
to the company. We also granted an option to purchase
2,655,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Vitalone.
The size of the grant to Mr. Vitalone was determined
pursuant to the offer letter we negotiated with him in October
2005 when he joined our company. We believed that this grant was
consistent with our overall approach of remaining competitive in
the marketplace, and was also necessary in order to retain the
services of Mr. Vitalone.
In October 2006, we granted Mr. Weisner an option to
purchase 400,000 shares of common stock, Mr. Basart an
option to purchase 450,000 shares of common stock, and
Mr. Vitalone an option to purchase 500,000 shares of
common stock, each at an exercise price of $0.32 per share. In
April 2007, we granted Mr. Basart a stock option to
purchase 500,000 shares and Mr. Vitalone a stock
option to purchase 400,000 shares, each at an exercise
price equal to $1.13 per share. Each of these stock options
vests as to 50% of the shares on the two-year anniversary of the
date of grant, and as to 1/24th of the shares each month over
the following two years. Each of the stock options granted in
October 2006 is immediately exercisable in full; however, any
unvested shares issued upon exercise will be a subject to a
right of repurchase by us upon termination of employment, which
right lapses in accordance with the vesting schedule described
above. Each of the stock options granted in April 2007 become
exercisable as they vest. These grants were made by our board of
directors as part of our process of reviewing the equity
positions of our employees, and the board determined that, in
light of the individuals performances, equity ownership
and level of vesting, it was appropriate to provide additional
incentive for each of these personnel, particularly in order to
retain these individuals through and following the initial
public offering process, and to incentivize them to help our
company achieve the growth targets it has set.
In general, our stock option grants through January 2007 were
made under our 1997 stock option plan. In February 2007, we
adopted a new equity incentive plan and a new employee stock
purchase plan. The 2007 equity incentive plan replaces our 1997
stock option plan and affords greater flexibility in making a
wide variety of equity awards, including stock options, shares
of restricted stock and stock appreciation rights, to executive
officers and our other employees. The 2007 employee stock
purchase plan will enable eligible employees to periodically
purchase shares of our common stock at a discount during periods
following this offering. Participation in the 2007 employee
stock purchase plan will be available to all executive officers
following this offering on the same basis as our other
employees. See Management Equity Incentive
Plans for further descriptions of our 1997 stock option
plan, 2007 equity incentive plan and 2007 employee stock
purchase plan.
Other than the equity plans described above, we do not have any
equity security ownership guidelines or requirements for our
executive officers.
Severance and change of control payments.
Each
of our named executive officers (as defined in the Summary
Compensation Table below) is entitled to receive acceleration of
vesting of stock options in amounts ranging from
12 months vesting to 100% of the then-unvested shares
in the event such officer is terminated following a change of
control of ShoreTel. Mr. Combs earns his vesting
acceleration so long as he does not voluntarily terminate his
employment with an acquiring company for six months following a
change of control, and Mr. Finegan receives his vesting
acceleration automatically upon a change of control. We believe
these change of control arrangements, the value of which are
contingent on the value obtained in a change of control
transaction, effectively create incentives for our executive
team to build shareholder value and to obtain the highest value
possible should the company be acquired in the future, despite
the risk of losing employment and potentially not having the
opportunity to otherwise vest in equity awards which comprise a
significant component of each executives compensation.
These arrangements are intended to attract and retain qualified
executives that could have other job alternatives that may
appear to them to be less risky absent these arrangements,
particularly given the significant level of acquisition activity
in the technology sector. All of our change of control
arrangements are double trigger, meaning that
acceleration of stock option vesting is not awarded upon a
change of control unless the executive option holders
employment is terminated within a specified period of time
following the transaction. We believe this structure strikes a
balance between the incentives and the executive hiring and
retention effects described above, without providing these
benefits to executives who continue to enjoy employment with an
acquiring company in the event of a change of control
transaction. We also believe this structure is more attractive
to potential acquiring companies, who may place significant
value on retaining members of our executive team and who may
perceive this goal to be undermined if executives receive
significant acceleration payments in connection with such a
transaction and are no longer required to continue employment to
earn the remainder of their equity awards.
75
In addition, our chief executive officer is entitled to receive
a severance payment equal to one years base salary
(payable over 12 months) and acceleration of stock option
vesting by one year in the event his employment is terminated
involuntarily or he is constructively terminated. We agreed to
this provision as part of the negotiation of our chief executive
officers compensation package when he joined us, and we
believed it was necessary to agree to such a provision in order
to retain his services.
For a description and quantification of these severance and
change of control benefits, please see the section entitled
Management Executive Compensation
Employment, severance and change of control arrangements.
Other benefits.
Executive officers are
eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans,
such as medical, dental, vision, group life, disability, and
accidental death and dismemberment insurance and our 401(k)
plan, in each case on the same basis as other employees, subject
to applicable law. We also provide vacation and other paid
holidays to all employees, including our executive officers,
which are comparable to those provided at peer companies. In
fiscal 2006, Messrs. Combs and Weisner received
reimbursement for commuting expenses from their permanent homes
to the San Francisco Bay Area. Messrs. Combs and
Weisner also received a housing allowance. We agreed to pay
these amounts to these executives as the Compensation Committee
believed that it was necessary to attract and retain these
executives who would not relocate to the San Francisco Bay
Area on a full time basis.
Executive
compensation tables
The following table presents compensation information for our
fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 paid to or accrued for our
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and each of our
three other most highly compensated executive officers whose
aggregate salary and bonus was more than $100,000. We refer to
these executive officers as our named executive
officers elsewhere in this prospectus.
Summary
Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
Salary(1)
|
|
Bonus
|
|
Awards(2)
|
|
Compensation(3)
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
|
John W. Combs
|
|
$
|
287,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
188,162
|
|
|
$
|
25,868
|
(4)
|
|
$
|
501,530
|
|
President and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Executive
Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Finegan
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
255,000
|
|
Chief Financial
Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Walter Weisner
|
|
|
214,038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
39,211
|
(4)
|
|
|
333,249
|
|
Vice President,
Global Support Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph A. Vitalone
|
|
|
155,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134,767
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
289,767
|
|
Vice President, Sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edwin J. Basart
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
265,000
|
|
Chief Technology
Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The amounts in this column include payments by us in respect of
accrued vacation, holidays, and sick days, as well as any salary
contributed by the named executive officer to our 401(k) plan.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Under the SFAS 123(R) modified prospective transition
method, we did not record any amounts in our consolidated
financial statements for fiscal year 2006 with respect to option
awards.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Except as otherwise noted below, all non-equity incentive plan
compensation were paid pursuant to the ShoreTel Executive Bonus
Incentive Plan for the second half of fiscal 2006. For a
description of this plan, see Executive
Compensation Compensation Discussion and
Analysis Cash bonuses.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Represents travel expenses and rent.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Also includes $74,767 in sales commissions.
|
For a description of the material terms of offer letters for the
named executive officers in the above table, please see the
section entitled Employment agreements, severance and
change of control agreements.
76
Our board of directors approved general increases of 3% to 5% to
the annual base salaries of our employees, including our named
executive officers, effective February 1, 2007. In
addition, on April 13, 2007, Mr. Basarts annual
base salary was raised from $206,000 to $216,000 and Mr.
Vitalones sales commission target was raised from $100,000
to $140,000. Also, since June 30, 2006, Messrs. Combs,
Finegan, Weisner, Basart and Vitalone have earned bonuses and
have been granted stock options. See Grants of
Plan-Based Awards During the 2006 Fiscal Year.
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards During the 2006 Fiscal Year
The following table provides information with regard to each
stock option granted to each named executive officer during our
fiscal year ended June 30, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Future Payouts
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under Non-Equity
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Price of
|
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
|
Incentive Plan Awards(1)
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Option
|
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
Options(2)
|
|
|
Awards(3)
|
|
|
John W. Combs
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
105,625
|
|
|
$
|
237,656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Finegan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
|
|
101,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Walter Weisner
|
|
|
9/8/2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,800,000
|
(4)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
|
1/12/2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
(5)
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,625
|
|
|
|
113,906
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph A. Vitalone
|
|
|
10/3/2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,655,000
|
(6)
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
|
|
101,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edwin J. Basart
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
|
|
101,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents bonuses payable pursuant to the ShoreTel Executive
Bonus Incentive Plan for the second half of fiscal 2006. For a
description of this plan, see Executive
Compensation Additional Employee Benefit
Plans Executive Bonus Plans.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Each stock option was granted pursuant to our 1997 Stock Option
Plan.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock
on the grant date of the option, as determined by our board of
directors.
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
An immediately exercisable stock option that vested as to 25% of
the shares in July 2006, and vests as to 1/48 of the shares each
month over the next three years thereafter.
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
An immediately exercisable stock option that vests as to 1/48 of
the shares each month over four years.
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
An immediately exercisable stock option that vested as to 25% of
the shares in October 2006, and vests as to 1/48 of the shares
each month over the next three years thereafter.
|
Each of the stock options in the above table is immediately
exercisable in full; however, unvested shares issued upon
exercise are subject to a right to repurchase by us upon
termination of employment, which right lapses in accordance with
the vesting schedule described above. Each of these stock
options expires 10 years from the date of grant. These
stock options are also subject to accelerated vesting upon
involuntary termination or constructive termination following a
change of control of ShoreTel, as discussed below in
Management Executive compensation
Employment, severance and change of control arrangements.
In October 2006, we granted Mr. Weisner a stock option to
purchase 400,000 shares, Mr. Basart a stock option to
purchase 450,000 shares, and Mr. Vitalone a stock
option to purchase 500,000 shares, each at an exercise
price of $0.32 per share. In April 2007, we granted
Mr. Basart a stock option to purchase 500,000 shares
and Mr. Vitalone a stock option to purchase
400,000 shares, each at an exercise price the equal to
$1.13 per share. Each of these stock options vests as to
50% of the shares on the two-year anniversary of the date of
grant, and as to 1/24th of the shares each month over the
following two years. Each of the stock options granted in
October 2006 is immediately exercisable in full; however, any
unvested shares issued upon exercise will be a subject to a
right of repurchase by us upon termination of employment, which
right lapses in accordance with the vesting schedule described
above. Stock options granted in April 2007 become exercisable as
they vest.
77
Messrs. Combs, Finegan, Weisner and Basart earned bonuses
equal to $126,000, $50,000, $65,000 and $50,000, respectively,
under the bonus plan for the first six months of fiscal 2007 as
a result of having achieved, and in some cases exceeded, the
bonus targets specified for the first six months of fiscal 2007.
Bonuses for executive officers other than Mr. Combs were
paid in March 2007. Mr. Combs bonus is expected to be paid
before the completion of this offering. Mr. Vitalone earned
sales commissions of $53,400 during the first half of fiscal
year 2007.
Outstanding
Option Awards at June 30, 2006
The following table presents the outstanding option awards held
as of June 30, 2006 by each named executive officer:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options(1)
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Expiration
|
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
|
Price(2)
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
John W. Combs(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Finegan
|
|
|
598,125
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
5/7/2013
|
|
|
|
|
47,917
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
3/2/2014
|
|
|
|
|
60,000
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
3/14/2015
|
|
Walter Weisner
|
|
|
1,600,000
|
(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
9/8/2015
|
|
Joseph A. Vitalone
|
|
|
1,327,500
|
(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
10/3/2015
|
|
Edwin J. Basart
|
|
|
825,000
|
(9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
8/1/2011
|
|
|
|
|
23,100
|
(9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
1/7/2013
|
|
|
|
|
1,235,000
|
(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
1/7/2013
|
|
|
|
|
1,430,000
|
(11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
3/2/2014
|
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
(12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
3/14/2015
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Each stock option was granted pursuant to our 1997 Stock Option
Plan. The vesting and exercisability of each stock option is
described in the footnotes below for each option. Each of these
stock options expires 10 years from the date of grant.
These stock options are also subject to accelerated vesting upon
involuntary termination or constructive termination following a
change of control of ShoreTel, as discussed below in
Management Executive compensation
Employment, severance and change of control arrangements.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock
on the options grant date, as determined by our board of
directors.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Mr. Combs early-exercised in full a stock option to
purchase 20,817,795 shares during fiscal 2005 and 2006, as
indicated in the table below. This option/shares vested as to
12.5% of the shares in January 2005, and vests as to 1/42 of the
shares each month thereafter.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Represents shares remaining subject to an immediately
exercisable stock option. Mr. Finegan has early-exercised
the remaining 2,011,875 shares subject to this option, as
indicated in the table below. The option/shares vested as to 25%
of the shares in March 2004, and vests as to 1/48 of the shares
each month thereafter.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Represents shares remaining subject to an outstanding stock
option. Mr. Finegan has exercised 52,083 shares
subject to this option, as indicated in the table below. The
option vests as to 1/48 of the shares each month over four years
from the date of grant.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Represents shares remaining subject to an outstanding stock
option. Mr. Finegan has exercised 20,000 shares
subject to this option, as indicated in the table below. The
option vested as to 25% of the shares in March 2006, and vests
as to 1/48 of the shares each month over three years thereafter.
|
|
|
|
(7)
|
|
Represents shares remaining subject to an immediately
exercisable stock option to purchase 1,800,000 shares that was
partially exercised. Mr. Weisner has early-exercised
200,000 shares subject to this option, as indicated in the
table below. The option/shares vested as to 25% of the shares in
July 2006, and vests as to 1/48 of the shares each month over
three years thereafter.
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Weisner also early-exercised in full an
immediately-exercisable stock option to purchase
200,000 shares during fiscal 2006, as indicated in the
table below. This option/shares vests as to 1/48 of the shares
each month over four years from the date of grant.
|
|
|
|
(8)
|
|
Represents shares remaining subject to an immediately
exercisable stock option to purchase 2,655,000 shares that was
partially exercised. Mr. Vitalone has early-exercised
1,327,500 shares subject to this option, as indicated in
the table below. The option/shares vested as to 25% of the
shares in October 2006, and vests as to 1/48 of the shares each
month over three years thereafter.
|
|
|
|
(9)
|
|
This stock option is fully vested.
|
|
(10)
|
|
Represents shares remaining subject to an immediately
exercisable stock option. Mr. Basart has early-exercised
the remaining 2,000,000 shares subject to this option as
indicated in the table below. These shares are fully vested.
|
|
(11)
|
|
Represents shares subject to an outstanding exercisable stock
option. This option vested as to 25% of the shares in October
2003, and vests as to 1/48 of the shares each month over the
next three years thereafter.
|
|
(12)
|
|
Represents shares subject to an outstanding exercisable stock
option. This option vested as to 25% of the shares in March
2006, and vests as to 1/48 of the shares each month over three
years thereafter.
|
Option
Exercises During the 2006 Fiscal Year
The following table shows the number of shares acquired pursuant
to the exercise of options by each named executive officer
during our fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 and the
aggregate dollar amount realized by the named executive officer
upon exercise of the option:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Value Realized
|
|
Name
|
|
Acquired on Exercise
|
|
|
on Exercise(1)
|
|
|
John W. Combs
|
|
|
20,817,795
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
|
|
John Finegan
|
|
|
2,083,958
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
Walter Weisner
|
|
|
400,000
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph A. Vitalone
|
|
|
1,327,500
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
Edwin J. Basart
|
|
|
2,000,000
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The aggregate dollar amount realized upon the exercise of an
option represents the difference between the aggregate market
price of the shares of our common stock underlying that option
on the date of exercise (assumed to be the midpoint of the price
range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and the
aggregate exercise price of the option.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents the exercise of an immediately exercisable stock
option that continued to be subject to vesting, as described in
footnote 3 to the Outstanding Option Awards at
June 30, 2006 table above. Of these shares, 5,204,448
became vested during fiscal year 2006.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents the exercise of immediately exercisable stock options
that continued to be subject to vesting, as described in
footnotes 4-6 to the Outstanding Option Awards at
June 30, 2006 table above. Of these shares, 702,500
became vested during fiscal year 2006.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Represents the exercise of immediately exercisable stock options
that continued to be subject to vesting, as described in
footnote 7 to the Outstanding Option Awards at
June 30, 2006 table above. Of these shares, 20,833
became vested during fiscal year 2006.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Represents the exercise of an immediately exercisable stock
option that continued to be subject to vesting, as described in
footnote 8 to the Outstanding Option Awards at
June 30, 2006 table above. None of these shares
vested during fiscal year 2006.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Represents the exercise of an immediately exercisable stock
option that continued to be subject to vesting, as described in
footnote 10 to the Outstanding Option Awards at
June 30, 2006 table above. Of these shares, 808,750
became vested during fiscal year 2006.
|
79
Employment,
Severance and Change of Control Arrangements
John W. Combs, our president and chief executive officer,
executed an offer letter in July 2004. The offer letter provides
for at-will employment without any specific term. The offer
letter established his starting annual base salary at $275,000,
subject to annual review by the compensation committee of the
Board and further subject to an increase to $325,000 following
two consecutive quarters of cash flow positive operations. His
annual base salary was increased to $325,000 in April 2006 as a
result of this milestone having been satisfied. In addition, the
offer letter entitles Mr. Combs to an incentive bonus, as
determined by the board, of up to 85% of his then-current base
salary. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Combs received a
stock option grant of 20,817,795 shares of common stock
with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our
common stock on the date of grant. In the event his employment
is terminated by us without cause, or Mr. Combs resigns for
good reason, as such terms are defined in the offer letter,
Mr. Combs will be entitled to receive monthly continuation
of his then-current base salary for a period of 12 months
and acceleration of his unvested stock options in an amount
equal to the number of shares that would have vested had his
employment continued for an additional 12 months. If his
employment is terminated without cause within six months of
a change of control, as such terms are defined in the offer
letter, Mr. Combs will receive accelerated vesting of 100%
of any then unvested shares, options and other equity he holds
at the time.
In addition, we entered into a change of control agreement with
Mr. Combs effective as of August 5, 2004. This
agreement augments the terms provided for by his offer letter.
The agreement provides that, in the event of a change of control
of ShoreTel, so long as Mr. Combs either remains employed
with the company or its successor for six months following the
change of control, or if Mr. Combs is terminated without
cause or resigns for good reason during the six months following
such change of control, then Mr. Combs will receive
accelerated vesting of 100% of his initial stock option grant.
John Finegan, our chief financial officer, executed an offer
letter in March 2003. The offer letter provides for at-will
employment without any specific term. The offer letter
established Mr. Finegans starting annual base salary
at $200,000. In addition, Mr. Finegan is eligible for an
annual incentive bonus. Pursuant to the offer letter,
Mr. Finegan received a stock option grant of
2,610,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price
equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date
of grant. In the event Mr. Finegans employment is
involuntarily terminated without cause or constructively
terminated, in either case within 12 months following a
change of control, as such terms are defined in the offer
letter, Mr. Finegan will receive accelerated vesting of
100% of any then unvested shares, options, and other equity he
holds at the time.
In addition, we entered into a change of control agreement with
Mr. Finegan effective as of May 7, 2003. This
agreement augments the terms provided for by
Mr. Finegans offer letter. The agreement provides
that, in the event of a change of control of ShoreTel,
Mr. Finegans stock option to purchase
2,610,000 shares will immediately become exercisable as to
that number of shares that would have vested if Mr. Finegan
had remained continuously employed by ShoreTel for a period of
12 months following the change of control. In addition, if
this benefit would result in excise tax as a parachute
payment, Mr. Finegan would be entitled to receive
either his vesting acceleration benefit, or such portion of his
vesting acceleration benefit as would result in no excise tax,
depending on which would result in a greater net benefit.
In February 2007, we entered into a retention arrangement with
Mr. Finegan that provides for a bonus payout at the 150%
level under the bonus plan for the second half of fiscal 2007 so
long as he either remains employed with the company during that
period or if his employment is terminated prior to the end of
that period. This retention arrangement will remain in place for
the first half of fiscal 2008 if Mr. Finegan is requested
to remain with the company during that period.
Walter Weisner, our vice president of global support services,
executed an offer letter in April 2005 with a start date in July
2005. The offer letter provides for at-will employment without
any specific term. The offer letter established
Mr. Weisners starting annual base salary at $225,000.
In addition, Mr. Weisner is eligible for an annual
incentive bonus. In connection with his joining our company in
April 2005, Mr. Weisner received a stock option grant of
1,800,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price
equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date
of such grant. In the event Mr. Weisners employment
is involuntarily terminated without cause or constructively
terminated, in either case within 12 months following a
change of control, as such terms are defined
80
in the offer letter, Mr. Weisner will receive accelerated
vesting of 50% of any then unvested shares, options and other
equity he holds at the time.
We entered into a change of control agreement with Edwin J.
Basart, our founder and Chief Technology Officer, effective
August 1, 2001. The agreement provides that, in the event
of a change of control of ShoreTel, Mr. Basarts stock
option to purchase 825,000 shares will immediately become
exercisable as to that number of shares that would have vested
if Mr. Basart had remained continuously employed by
ShoreTel for a period of 12 months following the change of
control. In addition, if this benefit would result in excise tax
as a parachute payment, Mr. Basart would be
entitled to receive either his vesting acceleration benefit, or
such portion of his vesting acceleration benefit as would result
in no excise tax, depending on which would result in a greater
net benefit.
Joseph A. Vitalone, our vice president of sales, executed an
offer letter in September 2005 with a start date in October
2005. The offer letter provides for at-will employment without
any specific term. The offer letter established
Mr. Vitalones starting annual base salary at
$200,000. In addition, Mr. Vitalone is eligible for an
annual incentive bonus and participates in the executive
management bonus program. Pursuant to the offer letter,
Mr. Vitalone received a stock option grant of
2,655,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price
equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date
of such grant. In the event Mr. Vitalones employment
is involuntarily terminated without cause or constructively
terminated, in either case within 12 months following a
change of control, as such terms are defined in the offer
letter, Mr. Vitalone will receive accelerated vesting of
50% of any then unvested shares, options and other equity he
holds at the time.
The following table summarizes the benefits payable to each
named executive officer pursuant to the arrangements described
above:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Change of Control
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acceleration of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acceleration of
|
|
Name
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
Equity Vesting(1)
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
Equity Vesting(1)
|
|
|
John W. Combs
|
|
$
|
325,000
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
John Finegan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Walter Weisner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Joseph A. Vitalone
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Edwin J. Basart
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Calculated based on the termination or change of control taking
place as of June 30, 2006, the last day of our most recent
fiscal year, and based on assumed initial public offering price
of $ per share, the midpoint
of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Reflects continued base salary for 12 months following
termination.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Reflects accelerated vesting as if the officer had continued to
be employed for an additional 12 months.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Reflects acceleration of vesting as to 100% of the shares.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Reflects acceleration of vesting as to 50% of the shares.
|
Equity
Incentive Plans
This section contains a summary of our equity incentive plans.
To date, substantially all options to purchase shares of our
common stock have been granted under our 1997 stock option plan.
Our 1997 stock option plan has terminated, and we now grant
options to purchase shares of our common stock only from our
2007 equity incentive plan. The following descriptions are
qualified by the terms of the actual plans filed as exhibits to
the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.
81
2007
Equity Incentive Plan
Background.
The 2007 equity incentive plan
serves as the successor equity compensation plan to our 1997
stock option plan. Our board of directors adopted our 2007
equity incentive plan in February 2007. This plan became
effective upon adoption and will terminate in February 2017. The
2007 equity incentive plan provides for the grant of incentive
stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock
awards, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units and
stock bonuses.
Administration.
The 2007 equity incentive plan
is administered by our compensation committee. This committee
acts as the plan administrator and determines which individuals
are eligible to receive awards under the plan, the time or times
when such awards are to be made, the number of shares subject to
each such award, the status of any granted option as either an
incentive stock option or a nonqualified stock option under
United States federal tax laws, the vesting schedule applicable
to an award and the maximum term for which any award is to
remain outstanding (subject to the limits set forth in the 2007
equity incentive plan). The committee also determines the
exercise price of options granted, the purchase price for rights
to purchase restricted stock and, if applicable, restricted
units and the strike price for stock appreciation rights. Unless
the committee provides otherwise, the plan does not allow for
the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may
exercise an award during his or her lifetime.
Share Reserve.
We have reserved
50,000,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under
the 2007 equity incentive plan. Additionally, our 2007 equity
incentive plan provides for automatic increases in the number of
shares available for issuance under it as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
on the first day of each January from 2008 through 2017, the
number of shares of our common stock will be increased by 5% of
the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding
on the preceding
December 31
st
; or
|
|
|
|
a lesser number of shares of our common stock as determined by
our board of directors.
|
Equity Awards.
Our 2007 equity incentive plan
permits us to grant the following types of awards:
Stock Options.
The 2007 equity incentive plan
provides for the grant of incentive stock options (commonly
referred to as ISOs), and nonqualified stock options (commonly
referred to as NSOs), to employees, directors and consultants.
ISOs may only be granted to employees. Options may be granted
with terms determined by the committee, provided that ISOs are
subject to statutory limitations. The committee determines the
exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and
conditions of the plan and applicable law, provided that the
exercise price of an ISO may not be less than 100% (or higher in
the case of ISOs granted to certain types of recipients) of the
fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. No
more than 450,000,000 shares may be issued pursuant to the
exercise of ISOs granted under the plan.
Options granted under the 2007 equity incentive plan will vest
at the rate specified by the committee and such vesting schedule
will be set forth in the stock option agreement pursuant to
which such stock option grant relates. Generally, the committee
determines the term of stock options granted under the plan, up
to a term of ten years, except in the case of certain incentive
stock options for which the term can be no more than five years.
After termination of an optionee, he or she may exercise his or
her vested option for the period of time stated in the stock
option agreement to which such option relates. Generally, if
termination is due to death or disability, the vested option
will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases,
the vested option will generally remain exercisable for three
months. However, an option may not be exercised later than its
expiration date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an optionee
is terminated for cause (as defined in our 2007 equity incentive
plan), then the optionees options shall expire on the
optionees termination date or at such later time and on
such conditions as determined by our compensation committee.
Restricted Stock.
A restricted stock award is
an offer by us to sell shares of our common stock subject to
restrictions that the committee may impose. These restrictions
may be based on completion of a specified
82
period of service with us or upon the completion of performance
goals during a performance period (or a combination of the
foregoing). The price of a restricted stock award will be
determined by the committee. Unless otherwise determined by the
committee at the time of award, vesting ceases on the date the
participant no longer provides services to us and unvested
shares are forfeited to us or subject to repurchase by us.
Stock Appreciation Rights.
Stock appreciation
rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of
common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between
the fair market value of our common stock on the date of
exercise over the stated exercise price. Stock appreciation
rights may vest based on time or achievement of performance
conditions (or a combination of the foregoing).
Restricted Stock Units.
Restricted stock units
represent the right to receive shares of our common stock at a
specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of such
right due to termination of employment
and/or
failure to achieve specified performance conditions. If the
restricted stock unit has not been forfeited, then on the date
specified in the restricted stock unit agreement, we will
deliver to the holder of the restricted stock unit whole shares
of our common stock, cash or a combination of our common stock
and cash.
Stock Bonuses.
Stock bonuses are granted as
additional compensation for performance, and therefore, are not
issued in exchange for cash.
Change of Control.
In the event of a
liquidation, dissolution or change in control transaction,
outstanding awards may be assumed or replaced by the successor
company (if any). Outstanding awards that are not assumed or
replaced by the successor company (if any) will expire on the
consummation of the liquidation, dissolution or change in
control transaction at such time and on such conditions as our
board of directors determines (including, without limitation,
full or partial vesting and exercisability of any or all
outstanding awards issued under our 2007 equity incentive plan).
Transferability of Awards.
Generally, a
participant may not transfer an award other than by will or the
laws of descent and distribution unless, in the case of awards
other than ISOs, the committee permits the transfer of an award
to certain authorized transferees (as set forth in our 2007
equity incentive plan).
Eligibility.
The individuals eligible to
participate in our 2007 equity incentive plan include our
officers and other employees, our non-employee board of
directors members and any consultants.
Payment for Purchase of Shares of our Common
Stock.
Payment for shares of our common stock
purchased pursuant to the 2007 equity incentive plan may be made
by any of the following methods (provided such method is
permitted in the applicable award agreement to which such shares
relate): (i) cash (including by check),
(ii) cancellation of indebtedness, (iii) surrender of
shares, (iv) waiver of compensation due or accrued for
services rendered; (v) through a same day sale
program or through a margin commitment or
(vi) by another other method approved by our board of
directors.
Limit on Awards.
Under our 2007 equity
incentive plan, during any calendar year, no participant will be
eligible to receive more than 25,000,000 shares of our
common stock.
Amendment and Termination.
Our board of
directors may amend or terminate the 2007 equity incentive plan
at any time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the board of
directors nor the committee shall, without stockholder approval,
amend the plan in any manner that requires stockholder approval.
In addition, no amendment that is detrimental to a plan
participant may be made to an outstanding option without the
consent of the affected participant.
1997
Stock Option Plan
Our board of directors of directors adopted and our shareholders
approved our 1997 stock option plan in January 1997. As of
December 31, 2006, options to purchase
36,854,779 shares of our common stock were outstanding
under our 1997 stock option plan. This plan terminated in
January 2007, and no additional options may be granted under
this plan. However, all stock options outstanding on the
termination of the 1997 stock option plan will continue to be
governed by the terms and conditions of the 1997 stock option
plan. Options granted under the
83
1997 stock option plan are subject to terms substantially
similar to those described above with respect to options granted
under the 2007 equity incentive plan.
2007
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Background.
Our 2007 employee stock purchase
plan is designed to enable eligible employees to periodically
purchase shares of our common stock at a discount. Purchases are
accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods.
Our 2007 employee stock purchase plan is intended to qualify as
an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the
Internal Revenue Code. Our board of directors adopted our 2007
employee stock purchase plan in February 2007 and our
stockholders are expected to approve the plan before the
completion of this offering.
Share Reserve.
We have initially reserved
5,000,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under our
2007 employee stock purchase plan. The number of shares reserved
for issuance under our 2007 employee stock purchase plan will
increase automatically on the first day of each January,
starting with January 1, 2008, by the number of shares
equal to 1% of our total outstanding shares as of the
immediately preceding
December 31
st
(rounded to the nearest whole share). Our board of directors or
compensation committee may reduce the amount of the increase in
any particular year. No more than 50,000,000 shares of our
common stock may be issued under our 2007 employee stock
purchase plan and no other shares may be added to this plan
without the approval of our stockholders.
Administration.
Our compensation committee
will administer our 2007 employee stock purchase plan.
Participation is limited to our employees. Our employees
generally are eligible to participate in our 2007 employee stock
purchase plan if they are employed by us, or a subsidiary of
ours that we designate, for more than 20 hours per week and
more than five months in a calendar year. Employees who are 5%
stockholders, or would become 5% stockholders as a result of
their participation in our 2007 employee stock purchase plan,
are ineligible to participate in our 2007 employee stock
purchase plan. We may impose additional restrictions on
eligibility as well. Under our 2007 employee stock purchase
plan, eligible employees may acquire shares of our common stock
by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Our eligible
employees may select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and
15% of their cash compensation. We also have the right to amend
or terminate our 2007 employee stock purchase plan and offering
periods thereunder. Our 2007 employee stock purchase plan will
terminate on the tenth anniversary of the first offering date,
unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors.
Purchase Rights.
When an offering period
commences, our employees who meet the eligibility requirements
for participation in that offering period are automatically
granted a non-transferable option to purchase shares in that
offering period. Each offering period may run for no more than
24 months. An employees participation automatically
ends upon termination of employment for any reason.
Except for the first offering period, each offering period will
be for six months (commencing with the first February 15 or
August 15 to occur on or after the date that is six months
following the date of this prospectus) and will run February 15
to August 14 or August 15 to February 14, as the case may
be. The first offering period will begin upon the date of this
prospectus and will end on the first February 14 or August 14 to
occur on or after the date that is six months following the date
of this prospectus.
No participant will have the right to purchase our shares at a
rate which, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our
employee stock purchase plans that are also outstanding in the
same calendar year(s), have a fair market value of more than
$25,000, determined as of the first day of the applicable
offering period, for each calendar year in which such right is
outstanding. The purchase price for shares of our common stock
purchased under our 2007 employee stock purchase plan will be
90% of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock
on (i) the first trading day of the applicable offering
period and (ii) the last trading day of the applicable
offering period.
Change in Control.
In the event of a change in
control transaction, our 2007 employee stock purchase plan and
any offering periods that commenced prior to the completion of
the proposed transaction may terminate on the
84
completion of the proposed transaction and the final purchase of
shares will occur on that date, but our compensation committee
may instead terminate any such offering period at a different
date.
Additional
Employee Benefit Plans
Executive
Bonus Plans
In January 2006, our board of directors approved a bonus plan
for the second six months of fiscal 2006. The plan specified a
bonus target for our chief executive officer equal to 65% of his
base salary, and 45% of base salary for other executive
officers. The bonus criteria consist of: (1) company
targets, which consist of 50% weighting for revenue, 25%
weighting for profitability and 25% weighting for overall
customer satisfaction, (2) individual targets established
by our chief executive officer for the particular employee, and
(3) a multiplier ranging from 0 to 1.5 based on the
executives overall performance rating. The actual bonus
award is determined according to our companys and each
executive officers level of achievement against these
performance objectives. If the company objectives are within a
specified range, from 50% to 150% of the particular target could
be payable. The bonus for fiscal 2006 for our chief executive
officer was based entirely on company performance targets,
consisting of revenue, profitability and customer satisfaction.
For those executives that perform sales functions, the
individual targets will typically be based at least in part on
an individualized sales commission plan that is directly related
to the amount of products sold and that persons role in
the sale.
Our board of directors approved bonus plans for the first and
last six months of fiscal 2007 in October 2006 and December
2006, respectively. These target bonuses are based on the
overall metrics and formulas used for fiscal 2006, with
adjustments in the target company financial performance goals to
reflect our growth. The bonus target for our chief executive
officer increased to 75% of base salary and the target bonuses
remain at 45% of base salary for our other executive officers.
Messrs. Combs, Finegan, Weisner and Basart earned bonuses
equal to $126,000, $50,000, $65,000 and $50,000, respectively,
under the bonus plan for the first six months of fiscal 2007 as
a result of having achieved, and in some cases exceeded, the
bonus targets specified for the first six months of fiscal 2007.
Bonuses for executive officers other than Mr. Combs were
paid in March 2007. Mr. Combs bonus is expected to be paid
before the completion of this offering.
401(k)
Plan
We offer a 401(k) plan to all employees who meet specified
eligibility requirements. The plan provides for voluntary tax
deferred contributions of 1 to 20% of gross compensation subject
to certain IRS limitations. Based on approval by our board of
directors, we may make matching contributions to the plan. No
matching contributions had been made as of December 31,
2006.
Indemnification
of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of
Liability
Our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in
effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that we
will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent
permitted by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future
be amended, against all expenses and liabilities reasonably
incurred in connection with their service for or on our behalf.
Our bylaws provide that we will advance the expenses incurred by
a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of an
action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on
behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any
liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity,
regardless of whether Delaware law would otherwise permit
indemnification. In addition, the restated certificate of
incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally
liable for monetary damages to us for breaches of their
fiduciary duty as directors, unless they violate their duty of
loyalty to us or our stockholders, act in bad faith, knowingly
or intentionally violate the law, authorize illegal dividends or
redemptions or derive an improper personal benefit from their
action as directors.
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our
directors and officers. These agreements provide for
indemnification for related expenses including attorneys
fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of
these individuals in any action or proceeding, and obligate us
to advance their expenses incurred
85
as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they
could be indemnified. At present, we are not aware of any
pending or threatened litigation or proceeding involving any of
our directors, officers, employees or agents in which
indemnification would be required or permitted. We believe
provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and
indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain
qualified persons as directors and officers. In addition, we
maintain liability insurance which insures our directors and
officers against certain losses under certain circumstances.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in
our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may
discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our
directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also
reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our
directors and officers, even though an action, if successful,
might benefit us and other stockholders. Furthermore, a
stockholders investment may be adversely affected to the
extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards
against directors and officers as required by these
indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any
pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors,
officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and
we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in
claims for indemnification.
86
RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In addition to the executive and director compensation
arrangements discussed above under Management, the
following is a description of transactions since July 1,
2003 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved
in the transaction exceeds or will exceeds $120,000, and in
which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial
holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate
family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of
these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect
material interest.
Sales of
our Series G preferred stock
In March 2004, we sold an aggregate of 20,114,943 shares of
our Series G preferred stock at $0.174 per share for
an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.5 million.
Each share of Series G preferred will convert automatically
into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this
offering. The following table identifies the number of shares of
Series G preferred stock purchased by current holders of
more than 5% of our outstanding stock. None of our executive
officers or directors purchased Series G preferred stock,
although certain of our executive officers or directors may
currently be considered to beneficially own shares held by
entities with which they are affiliated. Please see
Principal Stockholders. The terms of these purchases
were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of Series G
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Investor
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Purchase Price
|
|
|
Total Issued
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with
Crosspoint Venture Partners(1)
|
|
|
7,063,793
|
|
|
$
|
1,229,099.98
|
|
|
|
35.1
|
%
|
Entities affiliated with Lehman
Brothers Venture Partners(2)
|
|
|
6,074,258
|
|
|
|
1,056,920.89
|
|
|
|
30.2
|
|
Entities affiliated with
Foundation Capital(3)
|
|
|
5,042,233
|
|
|
|
877,348.54
|
|
|
|
25.1
|
|
Entities affiliated with
J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital(4)
|
|
|
1,329,301
|
|
|
|
231,298.37
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents 6,338,547 shares held by Crosspoint Venture
Partners 2000 Q L.P. and 725,246 shares held by Crosspoint
Venture Partners 2000 L.P.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents 3,515,706 shares held by LB I Group, Inc.;
1,162,613 shares held by Lehman Brothers P.A LLC;
736,274 shares held by Lehman Brothers Venture Capital
Partners II, L.P.; 523,814 shares held by Lehman
Brothers Partnership Account 2000/2001, L.P.; and
135,851 shares held by Lehman Brothers Offshore Partnership
Account 2000/2001, L.P. Brian K. Paul, one of our
directors, is a managing director in Private Equity at Lehman
Brothers and a partner of Lehman Brothers Venture Partners.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents 4,911,135 shares held by Foundation Capital
Leadership Fund, L.P. and 131,098 shares held by Foundation
Capital Leadership Principals Fund, LLC.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Represents 1,167,115 shares held by JP Morgan Direct
Venture Capital Institutional Investors LLC; 155,540 shares
held by J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital Private
Investors LLC and 6,646 shares held by 522 Fifth Avenue
Fund, L.P.
|
Sales of
our Series H Preferred Stock
In October 2004, we sold an aggregate of 47,169,812 shares
of our Series H preferred stock at $0.212 per share
for an aggregate purchase price of approximately
$10.0 million. Each share of preferred will convert
automatically into one share of our common stock upon the
completion of this offering. The following table identifies the
number of shares of Series H preferred stock purchased by
current holders of more than 5% of our outstanding stock. None
of our executive officers or directors purchased Series H
preferred stock, although certain of our executive officers or
directors may currently be considered to beneficially own shares
held by entities with which they are affiliated.
87
Please see Principal Stockholders. The terms of
these purchases were the same as those made available to
unaffiliated purchasers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of Series H
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Investor
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Purchase Price
|
|
|
Total Issued
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with
Crosspoint Venture Partners(1)
|
|
|
17,295,753
|
|
|
$
|
3,666,699.64
|
|
|
|
36.7
|
%
|
Entities affiliated with Lehman
Brothers Venture Partners(2)
|
|
|
14,244,101
|
|
|
|
3,019,749.41
|
|
|
|
30.2
|
|
Entities affiliated with
Foundation Capital(3)
|
|
|
12,345,945
|
|
|
|
2,617,340.34
|
|
|
|
26.2
|
|
Entities affiliated with
J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital(4)
|
|
|
3,254,805
|
|
|
|
690,018.66
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents 15,519,982 shares held by Crosspoint Venture
Partners 2000 Q L.P. and 1,755,771 shares held by
Crosspoint Venture Partners 2000 L.P.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents 8,244,311 shares held by LB I Group, Inc.;
2,726,321 shares held by Lehman Brothers P.A LLC;
1,726,558 shares held by Lehman Brothers venture capital
Partners II, L.P.; 1,228,341 shares held by Lehman
Brothers partnership Account 2000/2001, L.P.; and
318,570 shares held by Lehman Brothers Offshore Partnership
Account 2000.2001, L.P. Brian K. Paul, one of our
directors, is a managing director in Private Equity at Lehman
Brothers and a partner of Lehman Brothers Venture Partners.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents 12,025,272 shares held by Foundation Capital
Leadership Fund, L.P. and 320,673 shares held by Foundation
Capital Leadership Principals Fund, LLC.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Represents 2,857,691 shares held by JP Morgan Direct
Venture Capital Institutional Investors LLC; 380,841 shares
held by J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital Private
Investors LLC and 16,273 shares held by 522 Fifth Avenue
Fund, L.P.
|
Stockholder
and other agreements
In connection with the sale of our Series G and
Series H Preferred Stock, we entered into agreements that
grant customary preferred stock rights to all of our major
preferred stock investors, including holders of more than 5% of
our outstanding stock. These rights include registration rights,
rights of first refusal, information rights, co-sale rights with
respect to stock transfers, a voting agreement providing for the
election of investor designees to the board of directors,
information rights and other similar rights. The Seventh Amended
and Restated Rights Agreement, which contains the registration
rights and many of the other rights described above, is filed as
an exhibit to the registration statement of which this
prospectus is a part. All of these rights, other than the
registration rights, will terminate upon the completion of this
offering. For a description of the registration rights, please
see the section entitled Description of Capital
Stock Registration Rights.
Underwriters
Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are
acting as underwriters of this offering, and we will enter into
an underwriting agreement with them. For a description of the
terms of the underwriting agreement, see the section entitled
Underwriting. Entities affiliated with Lehman
Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. beneficially
own approximately 23.0% and 5.4%, respectively, of our
outstanding capital stock as of December 31, 2006.
88
PRINCIPAL
STOCKHOLDERS
The following table presents information as to the beneficial
ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2007, as
adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in
this offering, by:
|
|
|
|
|
each of the executive officers listed in the summary
compensation table;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors;
|
|
|
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and
|
|
|
|
each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more
than 5% of our common stock.
|
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the
rules of the SEC. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our
knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole
voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares
beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property
laws. Shares of our common stock subject to options that are
currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of
March 31, 2007 are deemed to be outstanding and to be
beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the
purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but
are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the
percentage ownership of any other person.
The number of shares beneficially owned and percentage of our
common stock outstanding before the offering is based on
334,136,958 shares of our common stock outstanding on
March 31, 2007, assuming the conversion of all outstanding
shares of our preferred stock into 233,164,369 shares of
common stock immediately prior to the completion of this
offering. The number of shares of common stock outstanding after
this offering includes the shares of common stock offered under
this prospectus. Except as otherwise noted below, the address
for each person or entity listed in the table is
c/o ShoreTel, Inc., 960 Stewart Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94085.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Percentage of Shares
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Before
|
|
|
After
|
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Directors and Named Executive
Officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John W. Combs(1)
|
|
|
20,817,795
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
John Finegan(2)
|
|
|
2,732,500
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
Walter Weisner(3)
|
|
|
2,400,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph A. Vitalone(4)
|
|
|
3,155,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edwin J. Basart(5)
|
|
|
7,766,433
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gary J. Daichendt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles D. Kissner(6)
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas van Overbeek(7)
|
|
|
13,492,132
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brian K. Paul(8)
|
|
|
75,688,402
|
|
|
|
22.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edward F. Thompson(9)
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors and executive
officers as a group (11 persons)(10)
|
|
|
132,407,262
|
|
|
|
38.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
5% Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with
Crosspoint Venture Partners(11)
|
|
|
93,215,530
|
|
|
|
27.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with
Foundation Capital(12)
|
|
|
68,156,860
|
|
|
|
20.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with
J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital(13)
|
|
|
17,605,608
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with Lehman
Brothers Venture Partners(14)
|
|
|
75,688,402
|
|
|
|
22.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Less than 1%
|
|
(1)
|
|
Consists of shares issued upon early exercise of a stock option,
a portion of which shares remain subject to vesting. The vesting
schedule for these shares is described in footnote 3 to the
Outstanding Option Awards at June 30, 2006
table under Management Executive
Compensation.
|
89
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Consists of 2,083,958 shares issued upon early exercise of
stock options, a portion of which shares remain subject to
vesting, and 637,291 shares subject to outstanding stock
options, which options are immediately exercisable subject to
our lapsing right of repurchase. The vesting schedules for these
shares and stock options are described in footnotes 4-6 to
the Outstanding Option Awards at June 30, 2006
table under Management Executive
Compensation.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Consists of 400,000 shares issued upon early exercise of a
stock option, a portion of which shares remain subject to
vesting, and 2,000,000 shares subject to immediately
exercisable stock options subject to our lapsing right of
repurchase. The vesting schedules for these shares and stock
option are described in footnote 7 to the Outstanding
Option Awards at June 30, 2006 table under
Management Executive Compensation.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Consists of 1,327,500 shares issued upon early exercise of
a stock option, a portion of which shares remain subject to
vesting, and 1,827,500 shares subject to outstanding stock
options, which options are immediately exercisable subject to
our lapsing right of repurchase. The vesting schedules for these
shares and stock option are described in footnote 8 to the
Outstanding Option Awards at June 30, 2006
table under Management Executive
Compensation.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Consists of 3,695,000 shares held by Mr. Basart, and
4,058,933 shares subject to outstanding stock options,
which options are immediately exercisable subject to our lapsing
right of repurchase. The vesting schedules for these stock
options are described in footnotes 9-12 to the
Outstanding Option Awards at June 30, 2006
table under Management Executive
Compensation.
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
Consists of shares issued upon early exercise of a stock option,
all of which shares remain subject to vesting in accordance with
the vesting schedule described in footnote 2 to the
Director Compensation table.
|
|
|
|
(7)
|
|
Consists of 10,840,900 shares held and
2,619,982 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding
stock options, all except 135,417 of which shares will be fully
vested within 60 days of December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
(8)
|
|
Consists of shares held by entities affiliated with Lehman
Brothers Venture Partners (see note 14). Mr. Paul, a
Lehman Brothers representative on our board of directors, is
also a partner of Lehman Brothers Venture Partners. As a result,
Mr. Paul may be deemed to beneficially own all of the
shares held by the entities affiliated with Lehman Brothers
Venture Partners. Mr. Paul disclaims beneficial ownership
of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest
therein. The address of Mr. Paul is 3000 Sand Hill Road,
Building 3, Suite 190, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
Mr. Paul is a partner of Lehman Brothers Ventures Partners,
an entity affiliated with Lehman Brothers Inc., which is acting
as an underwriter of this offering.
|
|
|
|
(9)
|
|
Consists of shares issued upon early exercise of a stock option,
of which 500,000 shares remain subject to vesting in
accordance with the vesting schedule described in
footnote 3 to the Director Compensation table.
|
|
|
|
(10)
|
|
Includes shares held by entities affiliated with a director
described in note 14. Also includes 1,929,582 shares
subject to options that are immediately exercisable, and remain
subject to vesting, and 11,394,124 shares which were issued
pursuant to immediately exercisable stock options, a portion of
which remain subject to our right of repurchase upon termination
of employment, which rights lapse according to the vesting
schedule of the original options.
|
|
|
|
(11)
|
|
Consists of 71,323,739 shares held by Crosspoint Venture
Partners 2000 Q, L.P., 8,160,746 shares held by Crosspoint
Venture Partners 2000, L.P., 8,123,143 shares held by
Crosspoint Venture Partners 1996, L.P., and
5,607,902 shares held by Crosspoint Venture Partners LS
2000, L.P. Crosspoint Associates 2000, L.L.C. is the general
partner of Crosspoint Venture Partners 2000 Q, L.P., Crosspoint
Venture Partners 2000, L.P. and Crosspoint Venture Partners LS
2000, L.P. Crosspoint Associates 1996, L.L.C. is the general
partner of Crosspoint Venture Partners 1996, L.P. Seth D.
Neiman, a general partner of Crosspoint Associates 2000, L.L.C.
and Crosspoint Associates 1996, L.L.C., has voting and
investment control over the shares held by Crosspoint Venture
Partners 2000 Q, L.P., Crosspoint Venture Partners 2000, L.P.,
Crosspoint Venture Partners 1996, L.P. and Crosspoint Venture
Partners LS 2000, L.P. The address of Crosspoint Venture
Partners is 2925 Woodside Road, Woodside, CA 94062.
|
|
|
|
(12)
|
|
Consists of 40,983,958 shares held by Foundation Capital,
L.P., 22,031 shares held by Foundation Capital Leadership
Fund, L.P., 4,553,770 shares held by Foundation Capital
Entrepreneurs Fund, L.L.C. and 587,640 shares held by
Foundation Capital Leadership Principals Fund, L.L.C. Foundation
Capital Management, L.L.C. is the general partner of Foundation
Capital, L.P. and managing member of Foundation
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
Capital Entrepreneurs, L.L.C. Jim Anderson, William Elmore,
Kathryn Gould and Paul Koontz are the managing members of
Foundation Capital Management, L.L.C. and share voting and
investment control over the shares. The managing members of
Foundation Capital Management, L.L.C. disclaim beneficial
ownership of the shares, except to the extent of their direct
pecuniary interest in the shares. Foundation Capital Leadership
Management Company, L.L.C. is the general partner of Foundation
Capital Leadership Fund, L.P. and managing member of Foundation
Capital Leadership Principals Fund, L.L.C. William Elmore,
Kathryn Gould, Adam Grosser, Paul Koontz, and Mike Schuh are the
managing members of Foundation Capital Leadership Management
Company, L.L.C. and share voting and investment power of the
shares. The managing members of Foundation Capital Leadership
Management Company, L.L.C. disclaim beneficial ownership of the
shares, except to the extent of their direct pecuniary interest
in the shares. Each of these entities is affiliated with
Foundation Capital. The address of Foundation Capital is 70
Willow Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
|
|
|
|
(13)
|
|
Consists of 15,318,977 shares held by J.P. Morgan Direct
Venture Capital Institutional Investors LLC,
1,929,900 shares held by J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital
Private Investors LLC and 356,731 shares held by 522 Fifth
Avenue Fund, L.P. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. serves as investment
advisor of J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital Institutional
Investors LLC. J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. serves as
investment advisor of J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital Private
Investors LLC. J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. serves as
investment advisor of 522 Fifth Avenue Fund, L.P. Jarrod Fong
and Lawrence Unrein, portfolio managers for J.P. Morgan Direct
Venture Capital Institutional Investors LLC, J.P. Morgan Direct
Venture Capital Private Investors LLC and 522 Fifth Avenue Fund,
L.P., share voting and investment control over the shares held
by these entities. The address of J.P. Morgan Direct Venture
Capital is 245 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10167. These
stockholders are affiliated with J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.,
which is acting as an underwriter of this offering.
|
|
|
|
(14)
|
|
Consists of 32,035,934 shares held by Lehman Brothers VC
Partners 2002 L.P., 14,482,932 shares held by Lehman
Brothers P.A. LLC, 11,760,017 shares held by LB I Group
Inc., 9,171,928 shares held by Lehman Brothers Venture
Capital Partners II, L.P., 6,525,266 shares held by Lehman
Brothers Partnership Account 2000/2001, L.P. and
1,692,325 shares held by Lehman Brothers Offshore
Partnership Account 2000/2001, L.P. Lehman Brothers Holdings
Inc., a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, has voting and investment control over the shares held by
these entities. The address of Lehman Brothers Venture Partners
is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 3, Suite 190, Menlo Park,
CA 94025. These stockholders are affiliated with Lehman Brothers
Inc., which is acting as an underwriter of this offering.
|
91
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
Upon consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock
will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock,
$0.001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. A description
of the material terms and provisions of our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws affecting the rights of holders of our
capital stock is set forth below. The description is intended as
a summary, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
form of our restated certificate of incorporation and the form
of our bylaws to be adopted prior to the completion of this
offering that will be filed with the registration statement of
which this prospectus is a part.
As of December 31, 2006, and after giving effect to the
automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock
into common stock upon completion of this offering, there were
outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
328,685,305 shares of our common stock held by
approximately 208 stockholders;
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,104,779 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding
stock options; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
708,851 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding
warrants.
|
The number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of
December 31, 2006 includes 576,706 shares subject to
cancellation subsequent to that date in satisfaction in full of
certain indebtedness owed to us.
Common
Stock
Dividend Rights.
Subject to preferences that
may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time,
the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are
entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if
our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue
dividends and only then at the times and in the amounts that our
board of directors may determine.
Voting Rights.
Each holder of common stock is
entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all
matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Our certificate of
incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to cumulate
votes for the election of directors. Our certificate of
incorporation establishes a classified board of directors, to be
divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only
one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of
our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the
remainder of their respective three-year terms.
No Preemptive or Similar Rights.
Our common
stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to
conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.
Right to Receive Liquidation
Distributions.
Upon our dissolution, liquidation
or
winding-up,
the assets legally available for distribution to our
shareholders are distributable ratably among the holders of our
common stock, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding
debt and liabilities and the preferential rights and payment of
liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of
preferred stock.
Preferred
Stock
Upon the completion of this offering, each outstanding share of
preferred stock will be converted into common stock.
Following this offering, we will be authorized, subject to
limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock
in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number
of shares to be included in each series and to fix the
designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of
each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or
restrictions. Our board of directors can also increase or
decrease the number of shares of any series, but not below the
number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any
further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of
directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with
voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the
voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock.
The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in
connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate
purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control
92
of our company and may adversely affect the market price of our
common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of
common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of
preferred stock.
Options
As of March 31, 2007, we had outstanding options to
purchase 32,494,685 shares of our common stock under our
1997 stock option plan and a non-plan stock option.
Warrants
As of March 31, 2007, we had outstanding four warrants to
purchase an aggregate of 708,851 shares of our common stock
or preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of
$0.28 per share, of which 623,675 shares are issuable upon
exercise of warrants to purchase shares of Series F
preferred stock and 53,362 shares are issuable upon
exercise of warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock,
which will become exercisable for shares of our common stock
upon the completion of this offering. The exercise price of each
warrant may be paid either in cash or by surrendering the right
to receive shares of common stock having a value equal to the
exercise price. The largest of the four warrants is a warrant to
purchase 623,675 shares that expires in 2013.
Registration
Rights
Following this offering, certain holders of shares of our common
stock and common stock issued upon conversion of our preferred
stock and warrants will be entitled to rights with respect to
the registration of a total of 274,053,117 shares under the
Securities Act, as described below.
Demand registration rights.
At any time
beginning six months after the completion of this offering, upon
the request of holders of at least a majority of the shares
having registration rights, or of holders requesting
registration of shares having an aggregate value of at least
$20 million, we will be obligated to use our best efforts
to register such shares. We are required to file no more than
two registration statements upon exercise of these demand
registration rights. We may postpone the filing of a
registration statement for up to 90 days once in a
12-month
period if we determine that the filing would be seriously
detrimental to us and our stockholders.
Piggyback registration rights.
If we register
any of our securities for public sale, the stockholders with
registration rights will have the right to include their shares
in the registration statement. However, this right does not
apply to a registration relating to any of our employee benefit
plans or a corporate reorganization. The managing underwriter of
any underwritten offering will have the right to limit, due to
marketing reasons, the number of shares registered by these
holders to 25% of the total shares covered by the registration
statement.
Form S-3
registration rights.
If we register any
securities for public sale, the holders of at least 20% of the
shares having registration rights can request that we register
all or a portion of their shares on
Form S-3
if we are eligible to file a registration statement on
Form S-3
and the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is
at least $1.0 million. We are required to file no more than
two registration statements on
Form S-3
upon exercise of these rights 3 per
12-month
period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement
on
Form S-3
for up to 90 days once in a
12-month
period if we determine that the filing would be seriously
detrimental to us and our stockholders.
Registration expenses.
We will pay all
expenses incurred in connection with each of the registrations
described above, except for underwriters and brokers
discounts and commissions. However, we will not pay for any
expenses of any demand registration if the request is
subsequently withdrawn by a majority of the holders requesting
that we file such a registration statement, subject to limited
exceptions.
Expiration of registration rights.
The
registration rights described above will expire five years after
this offering is completed. The registration rights will
terminate earlier with respect to a particular stockholder to
the extent the shares held by and issuable to such holder may be
sold under Rule 144 of the Securities Act in any
90 day period.
Holders of substantially all of our shares with these
registration rights have signed agreements with the underwriters
prohibiting the exercise of their registration rights for
180 days, subject to a possible extension of up to
93
34 additional days beyond the end of such
180-day
period, following the date of this prospectus. These agreements
are described below under the section entitled
Underwriting.
Anti-takeover
Provisions
Some of the provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate
of incorporation and our bylaws may have the effect of delaying,
deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control
of our company.
Delaware
Law
After we reincorporate in Delaware, we will be subject to the
provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. This section
prevents some Delaware corporations from engaging, under some
circumstances, in a business combination, which includes a
merger or sale of at least 10% of the corporations assets
with any interested stockholder, meaning a stockholder who,
together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three
years prior to the determination of interested stockholder
status, did own 15% or more of the corporations
outstanding voting stock, unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the transaction is approved by the board of directors prior to
the time that the interested stockholder became an interested
stockholder;
|
|
|
|
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the
stockholders becoming an interested stockholder, the
interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of
the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction
commenced; or
|
|
|
|
at or subsequent to such time that the stockholder became an
interested stockholder the business combination is approved by
the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special
meeting of stockholders by at least two-thirds of the
outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested
stockholder.
|
A Delaware corporation may opt out of these
provisions with an express provision in its original certificate
of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate or
incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders
amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding
voting shares. We do not plan to opt out of these
provisions. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other
takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may
discourage attempts to acquire us.
Charter
and Bylaw Provisions
After we reincorporate in Delaware, we expect that our restated
certificate of incorporation or bylaws will provide that:
|
|
|
|
|
following the completion of this offering, no action shall be
taken by our stockholders except at an annual or special meeting
of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws and
that our stockholders may not act by written consent;
|
|
|
|
our stockholders may not call special meetings of our
stockholders or fill vacancies on our board of directors;
|
|
|
|
our board of directors is divided into three classes and the
directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, with
our stockholders electing one class each year;
|
|
|
|
our board of directors may designate the terms of and issue a
new series of preferred stock with voting or other rights
without stockholder approval;
|
|
|
|
the approval of holders of two-thirds of the shares entitled to
vote at an election of directors will be required to adopt,
amend or repeal our bylaws or amend or repeal the provisions of
our bylaws or repeal the provisions of our certificate of
incorporation regarding the fixing of the authorized number of
directors, the election and removal of directors the
classification of our board of directors into three classes,
indemnification of directors and the ability of stockholders to
take action or call special meetings of stockholders;
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
a majority of the authorized number of directors will have the
power to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws without stockholder
approval
|
|
|
|
our stockholders may not cumulate votes in the election of
directors;
|
|
|
|
directors can only be removed for cause by the holders of at
least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election
of directors;
|
|
|
|
we will indemnify directors and officers against losses that
they may incur in investigations and legal proceedings resulting
from their services to us, which may include services in
connection with takeover defense measures.
|
These provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation or
bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or
discouraging another person or entity from acquiring control of
us.
NASDAQ
Global Market Listing
We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global
Market under the trading symbol SHOR.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock
is .
95
SHARES ELIGIBLE
FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that
market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability
of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market
price of our common stock prevailing from time to time.
Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock,
including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options and
warrants, in the public market after this offering could
adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and
could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of
our equity securities.
Upon the completion of this offering, based on the number of
shares outstanding as of December 31, 2006, and after
giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding
shares of our preferred stock into common stock immediately
prior to completion of this offering, we will
have shares
of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional shares and no
exercise of outstanding options and warrants. All of the shares
sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any
shares held by our affiliates (as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act) may only be sold in
compliance with the limitations described below.
Sales of
Restricted Securities
The remaining 328,685,305 shares of common stock will be
deemed restricted securities as defined under Rule 144.
Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if
registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration
under Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 promulgated under the
Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition,
as a result of the
lock-up
agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144
and Rule 701 (subject in some cases to a right of
repurchase by us), these shares of our common stock (excluding
the shares sold in this offering) will be available for sale in
the public market as follows (subject in some cases to volume
limitations under Rule 144):
|
|
|
|
|
no shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this
prospectus;
|
|
|
|
|
|
321,653,260 shares will be eligible for sale upon the
expiration of
lock-up
agreements, as described below under Underwriters,
beginning on the 181st day (subject to a possible extension
of up to 34 additional days), after the date of this prospectus,
subject to early release by Lehman Brothers Inc. and
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., in their sole discretion and
subject in some cases to the provisions of Rule 144 under
the Securities Act of 1933; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the remainder of the shares will be eligible for sale from time
to time thereafter upon the lapse of our right of repurchase
with respect to any unvested shares.
|
Lock-up
Agreements
We will enter into a
lock-up
agreement with the underwriters, and all of our directors and
officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding
shares, stock options and warrants have entered into or will
enter into
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters. Under the agreement, we may
not issue any new shares of common stock or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of
common stock, and the holders of common stock, options and
warrants may not sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or
indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of
our common stock without the prior written consent of Lehman
Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. for a period
of 180 days, subject to specified exceptions and a possible
extension of up to 34 additional days beyond the end of such
180 day period, after the date of this prospectus. These
agreements are described below under the section entitled
Underwriting.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities
Act as currently in effect, a person, or group of persons whose
shares are required to be aggregated, who has beneficially owned
shares that are restricted securities
96
as defined in Rule 144 for at least one year is entitled to
sell, within any three-month period commencing 90 days
after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does
not exceed the greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, which
will be
approximately shares
immediately after this offering; or
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the
NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding
the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such
sale.
|
In addition, a person who is not deemed to have been an
affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale
and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold
for at least two years would be entitled to sell these shares
under Rule 144(k) without regard to the requirements
described above. To the extent that shares were acquired from
one of our affiliates, a persons holding period for the
purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 would commence
on the date of transfer from the affiliate.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, any of
our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who
purchased shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock
or option plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell
those shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without
compliance with specified restrictions, including the holding
period contained in Rule 144. However, all shares issued
under Rule 701 are subject to 180 day
lock-up
agreements and will only become eligible for sale at the
expiration of such agreements.
Registration
Rights
Following this offering, certain holders of shares of our common
stock and common stock issued upon conversion of our preferred
stock and warrants, or their transferees, will be entitled to
rights with respect to the registration of a total of
274,053,117 shares under the Securities Act, as described
above. For a description of these registration rights, please
see Description of Capital Stock Registration
Rights. After these shares are registered, they will be
freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.
Stock
Options
As of December 31, 2006, options to purchase a total of
38,104,779 shares of our common stock were outstanding. We
intend to file a registration statement on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act to register all shares of our common
stock subject to outstanding options, all shares of our common
stock issued upon exercise of stock options and all shares of
our common stock issuable under our equity incentive and
employee stock purchase plans. Accordingly, shares of our common
stock issued under these plans will be eligible for sale in the
public markets, subject to vesting restrictions and the
lock-up
agreements described above.
97
UNDERWRITING
Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are
acting as the representatives of the underwriters and the joint
book-running managers of this offering. Subject to the terms and
conditions of an underwriting agreement, each of the
underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from
us the respective number of common stock shown opposite its name
below:
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Lehman Brothers Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Piper Jaffray & Co.
|
|
|
|
|
JMP Securities LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Wedbush Morgan Securities
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of
common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The
underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter
defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting
underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be
terminated.
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters
obligation to purchase shares of common stock depends on the
satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting
agreement including:
|
|
|
|
|
the representations and warranties made by us to the
underwriters are true;
|
|
|
|
there is no material change in our business or the financial
markets; and
|
|
|
|
we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.
|
Commissions
and Expenses
The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and
commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are
shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional shares. The
underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to
the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us for the
shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
|
Per share
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the
underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock
directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover
of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include
the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling
concession not in excess of $ per
share. After the completion of the initial public distribution,
the representatives may change the offering price and other
selling terms.
The expenses of the offering that are payable by us are
estimated to be $ (excluding
underwriting discounts and commissions).
Option to
Purchase Additional Shares
We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for
30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase,
from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate
of shares
at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and
commissions. This option may be exercised if the underwriters
sell more
than shares
in connection with this offering. To the extent that this option
is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to
certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these
additional shares based on the underwriters underwriting
commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the
beginning of this Underwriting Section.
98
Lock-Up
Agreements
We, our executive officers and directors, and substantially all
of our securityholders have agreed that, subject to certain
exceptions, without the prior written consent of each of Lehman
Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., we and they
will not directly or indirectly, (1) offer for sale, sell,
contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase,
purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right
or warrant to purchase, pledge, or otherwise transfer or dispose
of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to,
or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person
at any time in the future of) any shares of common stock
(including, without limitation, shares of common stock that may
be deemed to be beneficially owned by us or them in accordance
with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission and shares of common stock that may be issued upon
exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible
into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock,
(2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction
that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the
economic consequences of ownership of the common stock,
(3) make any demand for or exercise any right or file or
cause to be filed a registration statement, including any
amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any
shares of common stock or securities convertible, exercisable or
exchangeable into common stock or any of our other securities,
or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the
foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this
prospectus.
The
180-day
restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be
extended if:
|
|
|
|
|
during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news
or a material event relating to us occurs; or
|
|
|
|
prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
period,
|
in which case the restrictions described in the preceding
paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on and including the date of the issuance of
the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or
occurrence of a material event, unless such extension is waived
in writing by Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc.
Offering
Price Determination
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. The initial public offering price will be
negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining
the initial public offering price of our common stock, the
representatives will consider:
|
|
|
|
|
the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
|
|
|
|
our financial information;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our management and our business potential and
earning prospects;
|
|
|
|
the prevailing securities markets at the time of this
offering; and
|
|
|
|
the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded
shares of generally comparable companies.
|
We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global
Market under the trading symbol SHOR.
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an
active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that
the shares will trade in the public market at or above the
initial public offering price.
Indemnification
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and
to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required
to make for these liabilities.
99
Stabilization,
Short Positions and Penalty Bids
The representatives may engage in stabilizing transactions,
short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short
sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging,
fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock, in
accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934:
|
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying
security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a
specified maximum.
|
|
|
|
A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of shares
in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated
to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short
position. This short position may be either a covered short
position or a naked short position. In a covered short position,
the number of shares involved in the sales made by the
underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are
obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares
that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase
additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of
shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their
option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close
out any short position by either exercising their option to
purchase additional shares
and/or
purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source
of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will
consider, among other things, the price of shares available for
purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which
they may purchase shares through their option to purchase
additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be
created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be
downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market
after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase
in the offering.
|
|
|
|
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common
stock in the open market after the distribution has been
completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.
|
|
|
|
Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the common stock
originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a
stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate
short positions.
|
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions
and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining
the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding
a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result,
the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that
might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may
be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise and, if
commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation
or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect
that the transactions described above may have on the price of
the common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the
underwriters make any representation that the representatives
will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any
transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without
notice.
Electronic
Distribution
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
Internet sites or through other online services maintained by
one or more of the underwriters
and/or
selling group members participating in this offering, or by
their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view
offering terms online and, depending upon the particular
underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may
be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree
with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to
online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online
distributions will be made by the representatives on the same
basis as other allocations.
Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information
on any underwriters or selling group members web
site and any information contained in any other web site
maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part
of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part, has not been approved
and/or
endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its
capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not
be relied upon by investors.
100
Discretionary
Sales
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to
confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the
total number of shares offered by them or without the prior
specific written approval of the customer.
Stamp
Taxes
If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this
prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other
charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase,
in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of
this prospectus.
Relationships/NASD
Conduct Rules
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may provide
from time to time in the future certain commercial banking,
financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us
in the ordinary course of their business, for which they may
receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time
to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may
effect transactions for their own account or the account of
customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers,
long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or
loans.
Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering,
affiliates of Lehman Brothers Inc. beneficially owned
approximately 23% of our outstanding voting securities, and
affiliates J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. beneficially owned
approximately 5% of our outstanding voting securities. In
addition, Brian K. Paul, a partner at Lehman Brothers Venture
Partners, which is an affiliate of Lehman Brothers Inc., is a
member of our board of directors. Because of these
relationships, this offering is being conducted in accordance
with Rule 2720 of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc., or NASD. This rule requires that the initial
public offering price for our shares cannot be higher than the
price recommended by a qualified independent
underwriter, as defined by the NASD. Piper
Jaffray & Co. is serving as a qualified independent
underwriter and will assume the customary responsibilities of
acting as a qualified independent underwriter in pricing the
offering and conducting due diligence. We have agreed to
indemnify Piper Jaffray & Co. against any liabilities
arising in connection with its role as a qualified independent
underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
Selling
Restrictions
European
Economic Area
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area
that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant
member state), with effect from and including the date on which
the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member
state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of shares
described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in
that relevant member state prior to the publication of a
prospectus in relation to the shares that has been approved by
the competent authority in that relevant member state or, where
appropriate, approved in another relevant member state and
notified to the competent authority in that relevant member
state, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except
that, with effect from and including the relevant implementation
date, an offer of securities may be offered to the public in
that relevant member state at any time:
|
|
|
|
|
to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate
in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated,
whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in
securities; or
|
|
|
|
to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average
of at least 250 employees during the last financial year;
(2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and
(3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000,
as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
|
|
|
|
in any other circumstances that do not require the publication
of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus
Directive.
|
101
Each purchaser of shares described in this prospectus located
within a relevant member state will be deemed to have
represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a
qualified investor within the meaning of
Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.
For purposes of this provision, the expression an offer to
the public in any relevant member state means the
communication in any form and by any means of sufficient
information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be
offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or
subscribe the securities, as the expression may be varied in
that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus
Directive in that member state, and the expression
Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and
includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant
member state.
The sellers of the shares have not authorized and do not
authorize the making of any offer of shares through any
financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made
by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the
shares as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no
purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is
authorized to make any further offer of the shares on behalf of
the sellers or the underwriters.
United
Kingdom
This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only
directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified
investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the
Prospectus Directive (Qualified Investors) that are
also (i) investment professionals falling within
Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order) or
(ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it
may lawfully be communicated, falling within
Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons
together being referred to as relevant persons).
This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not
be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or
disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United
Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant
persons should not act or rely on this document or any of its
contents.
France
Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating
to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to
the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés
Financiers or by the competent authority of another member state
of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité
des Marchés Financiers. The shares have not been offered or
sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to
the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other
offering material relating to the shares has been or will be:
|
|
|
|
|
released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued
or distributed to the public in France; or
|
|
|
|
used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of
the shares to the public in France.
|
Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:
|
|
|
|
|
to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés)
and/or
to a
restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint
dinvestisseurs), in each case investing for their own
account, all as defined in, and in accordance with,
Article L.411-2,
D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the
French Code monétaire et financier; or
|
|
|
|
to investment services providers authorized to engage in
portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or
|
|
|
|
in a transaction that, in accordance with article
L.411-2-II-1º-or-2º-or 3ºof the French Code
monétaire et financier and
article 211-2
of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of
the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not
constitute a public offer (appel public à
lépargne).
|
The shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in
compliance with
Articles L.411-1,
L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French
Code monétaire et financier.
102
LEGAL
MATTERS
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will
be passed upon for us by Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain
View, California. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., is
acting as counsel to the underwriters.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of ShoreTel, Inc. and
subsidiaries at June 30, 2005 and 2006 and
December 31, 2006, and for each of the three years in the
period ended June 30, 2006 and the six-month period ended
December 31, 2006, included in this prospectus have been
audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent
registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report
appearing herein, and are included in reliance upon the report
of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting
and auditing.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1
under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common
stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part
of the registration statement, does not contain all of the
information set forth in the registration statement or the
exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information
about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to
the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed
thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the
contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as
an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily
complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects
by reference to the full text of such contract or other document
filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon
completion of this offering, we will be required to file
periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with
the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may
read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of
the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the
operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330.
The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains
reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers,
like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of
that site is www.sec.gov.
103
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
ShoreTel, Inc.
Sunnyvale, California
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
ShoreTel, Inc. and subsidiaries (collectively, the
Company) as of June 30, 2005 and 2006 and
December 31, 2006, and the related consolidated statements
of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and
shareholders deficit, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended June 30, 2006 and for the six
month period ended December 31, 2006. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Companys
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to
have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal
control over financial reporting. Our audits included
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An
audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
ShoreTel, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2005 and
2006 and December 31, 2006, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended June 30, 2006 and for the six month period
ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial
statements, effective July 1, 2006, the Company changed its
method of accounting for stock-based compensation in accordance
with guidance provided in Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123 (revised 2004),
Share-Based
Payment
.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
San Jose, California
April 30, 2007
F-2
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
CURRENT ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
5,373
|
|
|
$
|
12,333
|
|
|
$
|
15,317
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of
allowances of $200, $378 and $248 as of June 30, 2005,
June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006, respectively
|
|
|
9,334
|
|
|
|
11,479
|
|
|
|
15,829
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
4,663
|
|
|
|
4,656
|
|
|
|
4,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
|
852
|
|
|
|
1,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
19,902
|
|
|
|
29,320
|
|
|
|
37,903
|
|
|
|
|
|
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Net
|
|
|
1,045
|
|
|
|
1,556
|
|
|
|
1,644
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER ASSETS
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
$
|
20,960
|
|
|
$
|
30,885
|
|
|
$
|
39,736
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, AND
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
(DEFICIT)
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
3,070
|
|
|
$
|
3,958
|
|
|
$
|
4,337
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities and other
|
|
|
1,185
|
|
|
|
2,272
|
|
|
|
3,197
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued employee compensation
|
|
|
1,062
|
|
|
|
2,918
|
|
|
|
3,235
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
3,837
|
|
|
|
3,963
|
|
|
|
6,256
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of capital lease
obligations
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
9,161
|
|
|
|
13,112
|
|
|
|
17,025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term portion of capital lease
obligations
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock warrant liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term deferred revenue
|
|
|
1,230
|
|
|
|
2,609
|
|
|
|
3,146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term liabilities
|
|
|
1,231
|
|
|
|
2,609
|
|
|
|
3,766
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
10,392
|
|
|
|
15,721
|
|
|
|
20,791
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
(Note 10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED
STOCK, $0.01 par value; authorized,
235,862,612 shares; issued and outstanding
233,164,369 shares as of June 30, 2005, June 30,
2006 and December 31, 2006 (aggregate liquidation
preference of $44,250)
|
|
|
56,281
|
|
|
|
56,332
|
|
|
|
56,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY (DEFICIT):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value;
authorized, 400,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding,
59,927,915, 92,883,927 and 95,520,936 shares as of
June 30, 2005, June 30, 2006 and December 31,
2006, respectively, and 328,685,305 shares outstanding pro
forma
|
|
|
587
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
1,163
|
|
|
|
3,495
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
48,989
|
|
|
|
49,319
|
|
|
|
50,705
|
|
|
|
105,309
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
|
|
(289
|
)
|
|
|
(289
|
)
|
Notes receivable from shareholders
|
|
|
(372
|
)
|
|
|
(231
|
)
|
|
|
(219
|
)
|
|
|
(219
|
)
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(94,881
|
)
|
|
|
(90,879
|
)
|
|
|
(88,731
|
)
|
|
|
(88,731
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
(deficit)
|
|
|
(45,713
|
)
|
|
|
(41,168
|
)
|
|
|
(37,371
|
)
|
|
$
|
19,565
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
$
|
20,960
|
|
|
$
|
30,885
|
|
|
$
|
39,736
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements
F-3
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
REVENUE:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
|
|
$
|
16,587
|
|
|
$
|
31,970
|
|
|
$
|
55,300
|
|
|
$
|
23,498
|
|
|
$
|
38,331
|
|
Support and services
|
|
|
2,241
|
|
|
|
3,512
|
|
|
|
6,308
|
|
|
|
2,433
|
|
|
|
4,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
18,828
|
|
|
|
35,482
|
|
|
|
61,608
|
|
|
|
25,931
|
|
|
|
42,895
|
|
COST OF REVENUE:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
7,725
|
|
|
|
13,961
|
|
|
|
21,855
|
|
|
|
9,712
|
|
|
|
13,274
|
|
Support and services
|
|
|
1,660
|
|
|
|
2,907
|
|
|
|
5,425
|
|
|
|
2,187
|
|
|
|
3,040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenue
|
|
|
9,385
|
|
|
|
16,868
|
|
|
|
27,280
|
|
|
|
11,899
|
|
|
|
16,314
|
|
GROSS PROFIT
|
|
|
9,443
|
|
|
|
18,614
|
|
|
|
34,328
|
|
|
|
14,032
|
|
|
|
26,581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
5,517
|
|
|
|
7,034
|
|
|
|
9,720
|
|
|
|
4,135
|
|
|
|
7,168
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
8,004
|
|
|
|
10,050
|
|
|
|
15,699
|
|
|
|
6,939
|
|
|
|
11,432
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
2,166
|
|
|
|
3,045
|
|
|
|
4,936
|
|
|
|
1,870
|
|
|
|
5,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
15,687
|
|
|
|
20,129
|
|
|
|
30,355
|
|
|
|
12,944
|
|
|
|
24,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS
|
|
|
(6,244
|
)
|
|
|
(1,515
|
)
|
|
|
3,973
|
|
|
|
1,088
|
|
|
|
2,571
|
|
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
345
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Change in fair value of warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(579
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income (expense)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
(238
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE PROVISION FOR
INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
(6,251
|
)
|
|
|
(1,391
|
)
|
|
|
4,221
|
|
|
|
1,124
|
|
|
|
2,333
|
|
INCOME TAX PROVISION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(219
|
)
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
|
(6,251
|
)
|
|
|
(1,402
|
)
|
|
|
4,002
|
|
|
|
1,060
|
|
|
|
2,148
|
|
ACCRETION OF PREFERRED STOCK
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO
COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
|
|
$
|
(6,277
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,434
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,951
|
|
|
$
|
1,035
|
|
|
$
|
2,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per common share
available to common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing net income
(loss) per share available to common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
49,345,069
|
|
|
|
53,517,065
|
|
|
|
66,091,748
|
|
|
|
63,071,772
|
|
|
|
80,739,432
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
49,345,069
|
|
|
|
53,517,065
|
|
|
|
84,867,945
|
|
|
|
74,758,789
|
|
|
|
120,403,099
|
|
Unaudited pro forma net income per
common share available to common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unaudited shares used in computing
pro forma net income per share available to common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
299,256,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
313,903,801
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
318,032,314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
353,567,468
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements
F-4
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
AND SHAREHOLDERS DEFICIT
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible Preferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
from
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
BALANCES, July 1, 2003
|
|
|
165,879,614
|
|
|
$
|
42,814
|
|
|
|
|
56,416,382
|
|
|
$
|
564
|
|
|
$
|
49,047
|
|
|
$
|
(163
|
)
|
|
$
|
(594
|
)
|
|
$
|
(87,228
|
)
|
|
$
|
(38,374
|
)
|
Issuance of Series G
redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of
$51
|
|
|
20,114,943
|
|
|
|
3,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
Exercise of common stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
991,400
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Warrants on Series F
redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
Net loss and comprehensive net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,251
|
)
|
|
|
(6,251
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE June 30,
2004
|
|
|
185,994,557
|
|
|
|
46,300
|
|
|
|
|
57,407,782
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
|
49,021
|
|
|
|
(118
|
)
|
|
|
(594
|
)
|
|
|
(93,479
|
)
|
|
|
(44,596
|
)
|
Issuance of Series H
redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of
$51
|
|
|
47,169,812
|
|
|
|
9,949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
Exercise of common stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,520,133
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
Repayment of shareholder note
receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
Net loss and comprehensive net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,402
|
)
|
|
|
(1,402
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE June 30,
2005
|
|
|
233,164,369
|
|
|
|
56,281
|
|
|
|
|
59,927,915
|
|
|
|
587
|
|
|
|
48,989
|
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
(372
|
)
|
|
|
(94,881
|
)
|
|
|
(45,713
|
)
|
Accretion of preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
Exercise of common stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,286,679
|
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
521
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
|
(299
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
Repurchase of shares exercised
under note receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(460,000
|
)
|
|
|
(141
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of shares early exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(870,667
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Net income and comprehensive net
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,002
|
|
|
|
4,002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE June 30,
2006
|
|
|
233,164,369
|
|
|
|
56,332
|
|
|
|
|
92,883,927
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
49,319
|
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
|
|
(231
|
)
|
|
|
(90,879
|
)
|
|
|
(41,168
|
)
|
Accretion of preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
Exercise of common stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,637,009
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,411
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,457
|
|
Repayment of note receivable from
shareholder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Vesting of accrued early exercised
stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
Warrants reclassified to liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income and comprehensive net
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,148
|
|
|
|
2,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
233,164,369
|
|
|
$
|
56,316
|
|
|
|
|
95,520,936
|
|
|
$
|
1,163
|
|
|
$
|
50,705
|
|
|
$
|
(289
|
)
|
|
$
|
(219
|
)
|
|
$
|
(88,731
|
)
|
|
$
|
(37,371
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements
F-5
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Six Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(6,251
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,402
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,002
|
|
|
$
|
1,060
|
|
|
$
|
2,148
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income
(loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
|
592
|
|
|
|
716
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
426
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
1,457
|
|
Loss on disposal of property and
equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Interest expense on warrants
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in fair value of warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
579
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(2,788
|
)
|
|
|
(4,486
|
)
|
|
|
(2,145
|
)
|
|
|
(885
|
)
|
|
|
(4,350
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
(3,537
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
(160
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
|
(338
|
)
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
|
|
(448
|
)
|
|
|
(1,089
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(180
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
1,199
|
|
|
|
1,020
|
|
|
|
809
|
|
|
|
(399
|
)
|
|
|
251
|
|
Accrued liabilities and other
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
1,008
|
|
Accrued employee compensation
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
1,856
|
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
|
317
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
1,167
|
|
|
|
2,841
|
|
|
|
1,505
|
|
|
|
601
|
|
|
|
2,830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities
|
|
|
(5,392
|
)
|
|
|
(4,957
|
)
|
|
|
7,266
|
|
|
|
564
|
|
|
|
3,268
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(653
|
)
|
|
|
(590
|
)
|
|
|
(1,308
|
)
|
|
|
(556
|
)
|
|
|
(417
|
)
|
Decrease in restricted cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
|
(653
|
)
|
|
|
(590
|
)
|
|
|
(1,293
|
)
|
|
|
(556
|
)
|
|
|
(417
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under line of credit
agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments under line of credit
agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,000
|
)
|
|
|
(1,000
|
)
|
|
|
(1,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of capital leases
|
|
|
(142
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Net proceeds from issuance of
redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
3,449
|
|
|
|
9,949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of common stock options
(including proceeds from unvested shares)
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
1,003
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
Repurchase of shares early exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of shareholder notes
issued in connection with stock option exercises
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing
activities
|
|
|
3,317
|
|
|
|
10,197
|
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND
CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
(2,728
|
)
|
|
|
4,650
|
|
|
|
6,960
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
2,984
|
|
CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS Beginning of period
|
|
|
3,451
|
|
|
|
723
|
|
|
|
5,373
|
|
|
|
5,373
|
|
|
|
12,333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS End of period
|
|
$
|
723
|
|
|
$
|
5,373
|
|
|
$
|
12,333
|
|
|
$
|
5,570
|
|
|
$
|
15,317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH
FLOW INFORMATION:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the period for
interest
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
31
|
|
|
$
|
31
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cash paid during the period for
income taxes
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
371
|
|
NONCASH FINANCING AND INVESTING
ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of preferred stock
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
Assets acquired under capital leases
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of shares exercised
under notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
included in period-end accounts payable
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
Warrants on Series F preferred
stock
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transfer of loaned inventory from
property and equipment to inventory
|
|
|
387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrants reclassified to liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
Vesting of accrued early exercised
options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements
F-6
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
|
|
1.
|
THE
COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
|
The Company
ShoreTel, Inc. was incorporated
in California on September 17, 1996. In April 2004, the
Companys Board of Directors approved the change in the
Companys name from Shoreline Communications, Inc to
ShoreTel, Inc. ShoreTel, Inc. and its subsidiaries
(collectively, the Company) provide enterprise
internet protocol (IP) telecommunications systems.
The Company sells systems that generally include hardware,
software licenses, post-contractual customer support and, in
some cases, additional elements, such as training, installation
and other professional services.
Fiscal Year End
The Company operates on a
fiscal year ending June 30.
Consolidation
The accompanying
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the
Companys wholly owned subsidiaries located in Germany and
the United Kingdom. All transactions and balances between the
parent and the subsidiaries have been eliminated in
consolidation. The functional currency of the subsidiaries is
the U.S. dollar. Functional currency assets and liabilities
are translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet
date, and local currency revenues and expenses are translated at
average rates of exchange during the period.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties
The Company participates in a dynamic high-technology industry.
Changes in any of the following areas could have a material
adverse effect on the Companys future financial position,
results of operations, or cash flows: reliance on sole-source
suppliers; advances and trends in new technologies; competitive
pressures; changes in the overall demand for its future
products; acceptance of the Companys products; litigation
or claims against the Company based on intellectual property,
patent, regulatory, or other factors; and the Companys
ability to attract and retain employees necessary to support its
growth.
Unaudited Financial Information
The
accompanying interim consolidated financial statements for the
six months ended December 31, 2005 are unaudited. In the
opinion of management, such unaudited interim consolidated
financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America, and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal
and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation
of the Companys results of operations and cash flows for
the six months ended December 31, 2005.
Unaudited Pro Forma Shareholders Equity
In February 2007, the Companys board of directors
authorized the Company to file a Registration Statement with the
Securities and Exchange Commission to permit the Company to
proceed with an initial public offering of its common stock.
Upon consummation of this offering, all of the Companys
outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock
will convert to an equivalent number of shares of the
Companys common stock. Unaudited pro forma
shareholders equity as of December 31, 2006 as
adjusted for the impact of these conversions, assuming the
offering was consummated on December 31, 2006, is disclosed
on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial
instruments, which potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and
cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company places its
cash and cash equivalents in money market accounts with high
credit quality financial institutions. The Company performs
ongoing credit evaluations and collateral is generally not
required for trade receivables. At June 30, 2005,
June 30,
F-7
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
2006 and December 31, 2006, no enterprise customer or
channel partner comprised more than 10% of total accounts
receivable.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The
estimated fair value of all financial instruments, including
accounts receivable and the line of credit, was not materially
different from the carrying values presented in the balance
sheet as they have short maturities
and/or
interest rates that have not fluctuated significantly.
Dependence on Suppliers
The Company depends
in part upon contractors to manufacture, assemble, and deliver
items in a timely and satisfactory manner. The Company obtains
certain components and subsystems from a single or a limited
number of sources. A significant interruption in the delivery of
such items could have a material adverse effect on the
Companys operations.
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
For the purposes of the consolidated financial statements, the
Company considers all highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less when acquired to be cash
equivalents. Restricted cash as of June 30, 2005, was
required to secure the Companys account with its merchant
bank card processor.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable is
stated net of allowance for doubtful accounts.
The change in allowance for doubtful accounts is summarized as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful
accounts beginning
|
|
$
|
135
|
|
|
$
|
119
|
|
|
$
|
200
|
|
|
$
|
378
|
|
Current period accrual
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
Write-offs charged to accrual
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(121
|
)
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful
accounts ending
|
|
$
|
119
|
|
|
$
|
200
|
|
|
$
|
378
|
|
|
$
|
248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
Inventories, which consist
principally of finished goods and inventory in process/transit,
are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost being
determined under a standard cost method that approximates
first-in,
first-out.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment
are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets, which range from two to five years. Leasehold
improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated
useful lives of the asset or the lease term.
Long-Lived Assets
The Company periodically
evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and
used including intangible assets, when events or circumstances
warrant such a review. The carrying value of a long-lived asset
to be held and used is considered impaired when the anticipated
separately identifiable undiscounted cash flows from such an
asset are less than the carrying value of the asset. In that
event, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the
carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset.
Fair value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash
flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved.
Revenue Recognition
The Companys
revenue is related to the sale of enterprise IP
telecommunications systems, which include hardware, primarily
phones and voice switches, and software components and may also
include training, installation and post-contractual support for
the products. The Companys business strategy is centered
on selling to enterprise customers through channel partners,
rather than directly. Hence, sales transactions are generally
made to a channel partner. Certain larger enterprise customers
prefer to purchase directly from the Company. Many of these
large account sales are channel partner-assisted and the Company
compensates the channel partner in much the same way as if the
channel partner had made the sale directly. The compensation to
the channel partner is recorded as an offset to the revenues
associated with the direct sale to the enterprise customer.
F-8
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
Product Revenue.
The Companys software
is integrated with hardware and is essential to the
functionality of the integrated system product. Revenue is
recognized for these sales in accordance with Statement of
Position (SOP)
No. 97-2,
Software Revenue Recognition
, as amended, and Securities
and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB)
No. 104,
Revenue Recognition
, as applicable,
depending on whether the hardware is sold in a multiple-element
arrangement with software and post-contractual support or on a
stand alone basis if the customer purchases hardware, software,
or post-contractual support separately. At the initial purchase,
the customer generally bundles together the hardware, software
components and up to five years of post-contractual support.
Thereafter, if the enterprise customer increases end users and
functionality, it may add more hardware, software, and related
post-contractual support by purchasing them separately. The
Company has established vendor-specific objective evidence
(VSOE) of fair value for post-contractual support and other
undelivered elements as noted below.
Product revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an
arrangement exists, product has shipped or delivery has occurred
(depending on when title passes), the sales price is fixed or
determinable and free of contingencies and significant
uncertainties, and collection is probable. The fee is considered
fixed or determinable at the execution of an agreement, based on
specific products and quantities to be delivered at specified
prices. The agreements with customers generally do not include
rights of return or acceptance provisions. To the extent that
the Companys agreements contain acceptance terms, the
Company recognizes revenue upon product acceptance. Even though
contractual agreements do not provide return privileges, there
are circumstances for which the Company will accept a return.
The Company maintains a reserve for such returns based on
historical experience. Payment terms to customers generally
range from net 30 to net 60 days. In the event payment
terms are extended materially from the Companys standard
business practices, the fees are deemed to not be fixed or
determinable and revenue is recognized when the payment becomes
due. The Company assesses the ability to collect from its
customers based on a number of factors, including credit
worthiness and past transaction history of the customer. If the
customer is not deemed credit worthy, the Company defers all
revenue from the arrangement until payment is received and all
other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Shipping
charges billed to customers are included in product revenue and
the related shipping costs are included in cost of product
revenue.
Provisions for return allowances and product warranties are
recorded at the time revenue is recognized based on the
Companys historical experience.
The Company has arrangements with resellers of their products to
reimburse the resellers for cooperative marketing costs meeting
specified criteria. The reimbursements are limited to 50% of the
actual costs charged to the channel partners by third-party
vendors for advertising, trade shows and other related sales and
marketing activities for which the Company receives an
identifiable benefit, subject to a limit of the total
cooperative marketing allowance earned by each channel partner.
In accordance with EITF Issue
No. 01-9,
Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer
(including a Reseller of the Vendors Products)
, the
Company records the reimbursements to the channel partners
meeting such specified criteria within sales and marketing
expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of
operations. The marketing allowance can also be used by the
resellers to purchase demonstration products from the Company at
a greater than standard discount. Such discounts provided to the
resellers are recorded as a reduction of revenue upon shipment
of the demonstration units.
Post-Contractual Support.
The Companys
support and service revenues are primarily derived from
post-contractual support. The Company accounts for
post-contractual support revenues based on
SOP 97-2,
which states that If an arrangement includes multiple
elements, the fee should be allocated to the various elements
based on vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value,
regardless of any separate prices stated within the contract for
each element. VSOE of fair value is limited to the price
charged when the same element is sold separately. VSOE of fair
value is established for post-contractual support through prior
renewals of post-contractual support from existing customers,
which establishes a price based on a stand alone sale.
F-9
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
The Company offers one, three and five year post-contractual
support contracts. The decision to procure support is elected by
the enterprise customer, but most channel partners and their
enterprise customers desire post-contractual support so an
initial system sale usually includes post-contractual support.
The majority of post-contractual support contracts are sold to
channel partners, under which the channel partner provides first
level support to the enterprise customer and the Company
provides support, as needed, to the channel partner. In a lesser
number of cases, the Company provides support directly to the
enterprise customer.
The Company uses the residual method, as allowed by
SOP 98-9,
modification of SOP 97-2 with respect of certain
transactions, to determine the amount of product revenue to be
recognized. Under the residual method, the fair value of the
undelivered element, post-contractual support, is deferred and
the remaining portion of the sales amount is recognized as
product revenue. The fair value of the post-contractual support
is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the
related support period, which is typically one to five years.
Installation and Training.
Installation is
sold on an elective basis. As installation is typically
performed by the channel partner or enterprise customer, and it
is not considered essential to the functionality of the
delivered elements. Installation, when performed by the Company,
is by its nature sold only with an accompanying system order.
Installation is generally priced at established rates based on
estimated hours required to install the accompanying system.
Training is also sold on an elective basis both to channel
partners and to their enterprise customers and is purchased both
with system orders and on a standalone basis. VSOE of fair value
is established for training through sales made independent of a
bundled order.
The Company recognizes revenue related to installation services
and training upon delivery of the service.
Warranties
In November 2002, the Financial
Accounting Standard Board (FASB) issued Financial Interpretation
(FIN) No. 45 (FIN 45),
Guarantors
Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantee, Including
Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.
FIN 45
requires a guarantor to include disclosures of certain
obligations, and if applicable, at the inception of the
guarantee, recognize a liability for the fair value of other
obligations undertaken in issuing a guarantee.
The majority of the Companys products are covered by a
one-year limited manufacturers warranty. Estimated
contractual warranty obligations are recorded when related sales
are recognized based on historical experience. The determination
of such provision requires the Company to make estimates of
product return rates and expected costs to repair or replace the
product under warranty. If actual costs differ significantly
from these estimates, additional amounts are recorded when such
costs are probable and can be reasonably estimated.
The change in accrued warranty expense is summarized as follows
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Accrued warranty
balance beginning
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
|
$
|
112
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
$
|
206
|
|
Current period accrual
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
Warranty expenditures charged to
accrual
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
(202
|
)
|
|
|
(540
|
)
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
Adjustment to previous estimates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(135
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued warranty
balance end
|
|
$
|
112
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
$
|
206
|
|
|
$
|
151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and Development Costs
Research and
development expenditures, which include software development
costs, are expensed as incurred. Software development costs
incurred subsequent to the time a products technological
feasibility has been established through the time the product is
available for general release to customers are subject to
capitalization. To date, all software development costs incurred
subsequent to the
F-10
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
establishment of technological feasibility have been immaterial.
Accordingly, the Company has not capitalized any software
development costs.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income
taxes using the asset and liability method as prescribed by
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes.
Deferred income taxes are
recognized by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to
future years to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit
carryforwards. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities
of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period
that includes the enactment date. The measurement of deferred
tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance
for any tax benefit of which future realization is uncertain.
Stock-Based Compensation
On July 1,
2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004)
(SFAS 123R),
Share-Based Payment
, which
requires companies to measure the cost of employee services
received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on
the grant date fair value of the award. The Company has elected
to use the Prospective Transition method such that
SFAS 123R applies to new awards and to awards modified,
repurchased or canceled after the effective date. The Company
has a stock-based employee compensation plan (Option Plan).
Generally, stock options granted to employees vest 25% one year
from the grant date and 1/48 each month thereafter, and have a
term of ten years. The Company recognizes stock-based
compensation expense over the requisite service period of the
individual grants, generally, equal to the vesting period.
Prior to July 1, 2006, the Company accounted for these
plans using the intrinsic value method in accordance with
Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees
, and
FIN No. 44,
Accounting for Certain Transactions
involving Stock Compensation an interpretation of
APB Opinion No. 25.
Accordingly, no compensation
expense is recognized for employee stock options granted with
exercise prices greater than or equal to the fair value of the
underlying common stock at date of grant. If the exercise price
is less than the market value at the date of grant, the
difference is recognized as deferred compensation expense, which
is amortized over the vesting period. Compensation costs for the
portion of awards for which the required service period has not
been rendered (such as unvested options) that were outstanding
as of July 1, 2006 shall be recognized as the remaining
required services are rendered.
The following table shows total stock-based compensation expense
included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Operations for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006
and the six months ended December 31, 2005 (unaudited) and
2006 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Cost of product revenue
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
Cost of support and services
revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
1,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
expense
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
1,457
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There was no tax benefit associated with stock-based
compensation expense for the years ended June 30, 2004 and
2005, and the six months ended December 31, 2005. The
income tax benefit associated with stock-based compensation
expense for the year ended June 30, 2006 and the six months
ended December 31, 2006 was not significant.
F-11
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
Had compensation expense under the Companys stock-based
compensation plans continued to be recorded under APB Opinion
No. 25, the effect on income from continuing operations,
net income and basic and diluted earnings per share for the
six months ended December 31, 2006, would have been as
follows:
|
|
|
|
a)
|
Income from continuing operations would have been $88,000 higher
for the six months ended December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
b)
|
Net income would have been $80,000 higher for the
six months ended December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
c)
|
Basic and diluted earnings per share would have been unchanged
for the six months ended December 31, 2006.
|
The Company accounts for stock issued to nonemployees in
accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123,
Accounting
for Stock Based Compensation
and EITF Issue
No. 96-18,
Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other
Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling
Goods or Services.
The Company uses the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model to value options granted to nonemployees.
The related expense is recorded over the period in which the
related services are received.
Determining
Fair Value of Stock Compensation
Valuation and amortization method
The Company
estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing formula and a single option award
approach. This fair value is then amortized on a straight-line
basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is
generally the vesting period.
Expected Term
The expected term represents
the period that the Companys stock-based awards are
expected to be outstanding. The Company has elected to use the
safe harbor method described in SAB 107 to compute expected
term. The Companys stock plan provides for a 10 year
term to expiration. The Company categorizes option grants into
two classes. Class One includes all options issued with standard
four year vesting and no ability to exercise prior to vesting.
Class Two includes options granted that have the some four year
vesting provision but allow for early exercisability. The
options in Class One granted during the six months ended
December 31, 2006 vest over four years with a one or two
year cliff. Based on the above, the Company computed an expected
term of 6.08 years under the safe harbor method. The
options in Class Two are early exercisable and vest over
4 years with a one year cliff. For Class Two, the Company
assumed an expected term of 4 years based, in part, on the
history of prior exercises for this class of optionees.
Expected Volatility
Management estimates
volatility for option grants by evaluating the average
historical volatility of its peer group for the period
immediately preceding the option grant for a term that is
approximately equal to the options expected term. For the
six months ended December 31, 2006, the Company has
estimated future volatility (based on its peer group) for Class
One option grants to be approximately 71% and for Class Two
option grants to be approximately 55%. Management believes
historical volatility to be the best estimate of future
volatility. Volatility will be analyzed on an annual basis
unless management becomes aware of events that would indicate
more frequent analysis is necessary.
Risk-Free Interest Rate
The risk-free
interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation method is
based on the implied yield currently available on
U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent
remaining term. For the six months ended December 31,
2006 the rate used was 4.6-4.8%.
Expected Dividend
The Company has not issued
dividends to date and does not anticipate issuing dividends.
F-12
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
Foreign currency translation
The
Companys foreign operations are subject to exchange rate
fluctuations and foreign currency transaction costs, however,
the majority of sales transactions are denominated in
U.S. dollars. Foreign currency denominated sales, costs and
expenses are recorded at the average exchange rates during the
year. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency
transactions are included in other income (expense) in the
consolidated statements of operations.
Other income (expense)
Other income (expense)
includes net foreign currency transaction (gains) losses of $0,
$2,000 and $19,000 in the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005
and 2006, respectively, and $12,000 and $(31,000) in the six
months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
Comprehensive Income/Loss
The Company has no
components of other comprehensive income (loss), therefore net
income (loss) equals comprehensive income (loss) for all periods
presented.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154
(SFAS 154),
Accounting Changes and Error Corrections
that replaces APB No. 20
Accounting Changes
and
SFAS No. 3,
Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim
Financial Statements An Amendment of APB Opinion No
28.
SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for
and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It
establishes retrospective application, or the latest practicable
date, as the required method for reporting a change in
accounting principle and the reporting of a correction of an
error. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and
corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2005.
In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN No. 48
(FIN 48),
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxes
. FIN 48 applies to all tax positions within the
scope of FASB Statement No. 109, applies a more
likely than not threshold for tax benefit recognition,
identifies a defined methodology for measuring benefits and
increases the disclosure requirements for companies. FIN 48
is mandatory for years beginning after December 15, 2006.
The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the
effects of this new accounting standard.
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
issued SAB 108 regarding the process of quantifying
financial statement misstatements. SAB 108 states that
registrants should use both a balance sheet approach and an
income statement approach when quantifying and evaluating
materiality of a misstatement. The interpretations in
SAB 108 contain guidance under this dual approach as well
as provide transition guidance for adopting SAB 108. This
interpretation does not change the requirements within
SFAS 154 for the correction of an error in financial
statements. SAB 108 is effective for annual financial
statements covering the first fiscal year ending after
November 15, 2006. The Company will be required to adopt
this interpretation in fiscal year 2007.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157
(SFAS 157),
Fair Value Measurements
. This Statement
defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair
value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands
disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement
applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or
permit fair value measurements, the Board having previously
concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is
the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, this Statement
does not require any new fair value measurements. This Statement
is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods
within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect the
adoption of SFAS 157 in 2008 to have a material impact on
its results of operations or financial position.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159,
The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities
(SFAS 159). SFAS 159
permits entities to choose, at specified election dates, to
measure eligible items at fair value (or fair value
option) and to report in earnings unrealized gains and
losses on those items for which the fair value option has been
elected. SFAS 159 also requires entities to display the
fair value of those assets and liabilities on the face of the
balance sheet. SFAS 159 establishes presentation and
disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons
between entities that choose different measurement attributes
for similar types of assets
F-13
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
and liabilities. SFAS 159 is effective for the Company as
of the first quarter of 2009. The Company is currently
evaluating the impact of this pronouncement on its financial
statements.
|
|
2.
|
NET
INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA NET
INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
|
Basic net income (loss) per share is determined by dividing net
income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding during the period. Diluted income per share is
determined by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average
number of common shares used in the basic net income (loss) per
share calculation, plus the number of common shares that would
be issued assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive
securities outstanding under the treasury stock method.
Unaudited pro forma basic net income per share allocable to
common shareholders has been computed to give effect to the
assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock at
December 31, 2006 into common stock upon the closing of the
Companys initial public offering on an if-converted basis
for the year ended June 30, 2006 and the six months ended
December 31, 2006.
F-14
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
The following table is a reconciliation of the numerators and
denominators used in computing basic and diluted net income
(loss) per share (dollars in thousands, except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) available to
common shareholders
|
|
$
|
(6,277
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,434
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,951
|
|
|
$
|
1,035
|
|
|
$
|
2,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares
outstanding (basic)
|
|
|
49,345,069
|
|
|
|
53,517,065
|
|
|
|
66,091,748
|
|
|
|
63,071,772
|
|
|
|
80,739,432
|
|
Effect of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares
subject to repurchase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,555,745
|
|
Common equivalent shares from
options to purchase common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,152,522
|
|
|
|
11,687,017
|
|
|
|
25,484,247
|
|
Common equivalent shares from
common stock warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
623,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
623,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares
outstanding (diluted)
|
|
|
49,345,069
|
|
|
|
53,517,065
|
|
|
|
84,867,945
|
|
|
|
74,758,789
|
|
|
|
120,403,099
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share
available to common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma adjustments to reflect
assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233,164,369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233,164,369
|
|
Shares used in computing pro forma
income per common share available to common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
299,256,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
313,903,801
|
|
Diluted*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
318,032,314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
353,567,468
|
|
Pro forma net income per common
share available to common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anti-dilutive common equivalent shares related to stock options
excluded from the calculation of diluted shares were
approximately 5,591,467, 8,765,140 and 8,018,124 for the years
ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and
6,744,313 and 4,837,801 for the six months ended
December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
F-15
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
Anti-dilutive common equivalent shares from common stock
warrants were approximately 85,176 for the year ended
June 30, 2006 and the six months ended December 31,
2005 and 2006.
|
|
3.
|
BALANCE
SHEET COMPONENTS
|
Balance sheet components consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Inventories:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
256
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
49
|
|
Inventory in process/transit
|
|
|
2,058
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
614
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
2,349
|
|
|
|
4,556
|
|
|
|
4,153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total inventories
|
|
$
|
4,663
|
|
|
$
|
4,656
|
|
|
$
|
4,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
$
|
517
|
|
|
$
|
786
|
|
|
$
|
1,547
|
|
Deferred cost of revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
382
|
|
Contract manufacturing receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total prepaid expenses and other
current assets
|
|
$
|
517
|
|
|
$
|
852
|
|
|
$
|
1,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Computer equipment and tooling
|
|
$
|
3,057
|
|
|
$
|
4,143
|
|
|
$
|
3,080
|
|
Software
|
|
|
946
|
|
|
|
1,034
|
|
|
|
829
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
|
382
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property and equipment
|
|
|
4,708
|
|
|
|
5,838
|
|
|
|
4,601
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and
amortization
|
|
|
3,663
|
|
|
|
4,282
|
|
|
|
2,957
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
Net
|
|
$
|
1,045
|
|
|
$
|
1,556
|
|
|
$
|
1,644
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2005, June 30, 2006 and
December 31, 2006, computer equipment and tooling included
$112,000, $0, and $85,000, respectively, of inventory items held
within various departments of the Company for testing and
development purposes, net of accumulated depreciation.
As of June 30, 2005, June 30, 2006 and
December 31, 2006, computer equipment and tooling also
included amounts for equipment acquired under capital leases of
$890,000, $890,000 and $174,000, respectively, with related
accumulated amortization of $879,000, $890,000 and $174,000,
respectively.
|
|
4.
|
RELATED-PARTY
TRANSACTIONS
|
Unsecured Promissory Note
In October 1997,
the Company issued an unsecured promissory note in the principal
amount of $350,000 to an officer and shareholder. The note bears
interest at 6.34% per annum. The principal and any accrued
but unpaid interest were due on the earlier of
(a) October 27, 2004 or (b) two years after the
termination of the officers employment, the Companys
initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of the
Company. In January 2002, the officer was terminated and in
connection therewith, the Company forgave $230,000
F-16
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
plus related accrued interest and reserved the remaining
principal balance of $120,000 plus related accrued interest. In
March 2007, the Company entered into a Note Repayment
Agreement whereby the borrower surrendered 576,706 shares
of the Companys common stock to repay in full the
outstanding principal and interest balances due under this note
and under notes issued for stock purchases (see Note 9).
Capital Leases
In August 2003, the Company
entered into a capital equipment lease for $19,000 with payments
due monthly over a
36-month
term. As of June 30, 2005, June 30, 2006 and
December 31, 2006, the Company had a balance of $8,000,
$1,000 and $0, respectively, due under the lease.
Bank Agreement
On June 27, 2005, the
Company modified its Loan and Security agreement dated
September 29, 2003, and amended July 30, 2004, with
the bank. For the period commencing June 27, 2005 through
and including June 26, 2006, the debt is not to exceed the
lesser of $8 million or the Companys Borrowing
Base. For the period commencing June 27, 2006 through
and including June 26, 2007, the debt is not to exceed the
lesser of $12 million or the Borrowing Base. The Borrowing
Base equals the sum of (i) 80% of the amount of eligible
accounts plus (ii) 25% of the value of eligible inventory.
Interest will accrue on outstanding borrowings at a rate equal
to the sum of (i) the prime rate in effect plus
(ii) 0.50% per annum, provided, however, that if the
Companys adjusted quick ratio is less than 1.50:1.00, the
foregoing margin over the prime rate shall be increased to
1.50% per annum. The line of credit matures June 26,
2007 and includes two financial covenants. The Company must
(i) maintain a tangible net worth of not less than
$5 million and (ii) shall maintain an adjusted quick
ratio of not less than 1.50:1.00, provided, however, that the
Companys failure to maintain the stated adjusted quick
ratio shall not be considered an event of default under the Loan
Agreement and shall instead be a condition precedent upon which
the satisfaction of certain additional obligations of the
Company shall be effective.
The loan agreement is collateralized by substantially all of the
Companys assets. At December 31, 2006, no balance was
outstanding on the line of credit.
The provision for income taxes consists of the following for the
years ended June 30, 2004, 2005, and 2006, and the
six-month periods ended December 31, 2005 (unaudited) and
2006 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
114
|
|
|
$
|
31
|
|
|
$
|
99
|
|
State
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
219
|
|
|
$
|
64
|
|
|
$
|
185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The tax provision for the six month periods ended December 31,
2005 and 2006 is based on the estimated effective tax rates for
the respective fiscal years including the impact of the change
in valuation allowance associated with the utilization of net
operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The difference
between the income
F-17
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
tax provision and the amount computed by applying the federal
statutory income tax rate to income (loss) before income taxes
is as follows for the years ended June 30 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Income tax provision (benefit) at
federal statutory rate
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(478
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,450
|
|
Federal effect of state deferred
taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
|
|
(242
|
)
|
Credits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(284
|
)
|
|
|
(284
|
)
|
State taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
327
|
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
858
|
|
|
|
(1,131
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
219
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Significant components of deferred tax assets consist of the
following as of June 30 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
$
|
32,848
|
|
|
$
|
31,246
|
|
Tax credit carryforwards
|
|
|
3,915
|
|
|
|
4,514
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,038
|
|
|
|
1,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
38,801
|
|
|
|
37,668
|
|
Less valuation allowance
|
|
|
(38,801
|
)
|
|
|
(37,668
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At June 30, 2006, the Company had approximately
$84.4 million and $44.6 million of federal and
California net operating loss carryforwards, respectively. The
Company believes it has had multiple ownership changes as
defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC),
due to significant stock transactions in previous years, that
may limit the future realization of its net operating loss
carryforwards. Based on estimates prepared to date, the Company
believes Section 382 could result in the forfeiture of
approximately $72 million of net operating loss
carryforwards for federal income tax purposes. Management
believes there could also be an impact on the Companys
ability to utilize California net operating loss carryforwards
as a result of Section 382. As the Companys analysis
is incomplete, these estimates are uncertain. The net operating
loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2017 and 2007 for federal
and California purposes, respectively.
As of June 30, 2006, the Company had research and
development tax credit carryforwards of approximately
$2.5 million and $2.8 million, which can be used to
reduce future federal and California income taxes, respectively.
Federal research and development tax credit carryforwards will
expire beginning in fiscal 2012 through 2026. California
research and development tax credits will carry forward
indefinitely. In addition, a portion of the federal research tax
credit carryforwards may be subject to forfeiture due to
Section 382 ownership changes under IRC Section 383.
Management is in the process of determining the impact of
Section 383 on the tax credit carryforwards.
As of June 30, 2006, the Company had unused California
manufacturers investment credits of approximately $85,000,
which will expire beginning in fiscal 2007 through 2010. As of
June 30, 2006, the Company also has Alternative Minimum Tax
credits of approximately $107,000 and $19,000 for federal and
for California respectively, which may be carried forward
indefinitely.
The Company has recorded a 100% valuation allowance against its
net deferred tax assets, due to the uncertainty regarding the
magnitude of the Section 382 and 383 limitations as well as
uncertainty concerning future taxable income.
F-18
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
|
|
7.
|
REDEEMABLE
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND PREFERRED STOCK
WARRANTS
|
Redeemable convertible preferred stock and preferred stock
warrants consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Redemption and
|
|
Series
|
|
Authorized
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Liquidation Value
|
|
|
E
|
|
|
33,864,118
|
|
|
|
31,789,550
|
|
|
$
|
29,752,000
|
|
|
$
|
20,000,000
|
|
F
|
|
|
134,713,739
|
|
|
|
134,090,064
|
|
|
|
10,720,000
|
|
|
|
10,750,000
|
|
G
|
|
|
20,114,943
|
|
|
|
20,114,943
|
|
|
|
3,480,000
|
|
|
|
3,500,000
|
|
H
|
|
|
47,169,812
|
|
|
|
47,169,812
|
|
|
|
9,975,000
|
|
|
|
10,000,000
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,389,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
235,862,612
|
|
|
|
233,164,369
|
|
|
$
|
56,316,000
|
|
|
$
|
44,250,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Redemption and
|
|
Series
|
|
Authorized
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Liquidation Value
|
|
|
E
|
|
|
33,864,118
|
|
|
|
31,789,550
|
|
|
$
|
29,746,000
|
|
|
$
|
20,000,000
|
|
F
|
|
|
134,713,739
|
|
|
|
134,090,064
|
|
|
|
10,712,000
|
|
|
|
10,750,000
|
|
G
|
|
|
20,114,943
|
|
|
|
20,114,943
|
|
|
|
3,475,000
|
|
|
|
3,500,000
|
|
H
|
|
|
47,169,812
|
|
|
|
47,169,812
|
|
|
|
9,969,000
|
|
|
|
10,000,000
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,430,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
235,862,612
|
|
|
|
233,164,369
|
|
|
$
|
56,332,000
|
|
|
$
|
44,250,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Redemption and
|
|
Series
|
|
Authorized
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Liquidation Value
|
|
|
E
|
|
|
33,864,118
|
|
|
|
31,789,550
|
|
|
$
|
29,732,000
|
|
|
$
|
20,000,000
|
|
F
|
|
|
134,713,739
|
|
|
|
134,090,064
|
|
|
|
10,698,000
|
|
|
|
10,750,000
|
|
G
|
|
|
20,114,943
|
|
|
|
20,114,943
|
|
|
|
3,464,000
|
|
|
|
3,500,000
|
|
H
|
|
|
47,169,812
|
|
|
|
47,169,812
|
|
|
|
9,957,000
|
|
|
|
10,000,000
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,430,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
235,862,612
|
|
|
|
233,164,369
|
|
|
$
|
56,281,000
|
|
|
$
|
44,250,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The holders of preferred stock have various rights and
preferences as follows:
Redemption
At any time beginning on
October 14, 2007, each series of preferred stock may make a
written request for redemption of the preferred stock, and upon
consent of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of such
series of preferred stock, with each such series of preferred
stock voting as a single class, the Company must redeem the
specified percentage of Series E, F, G, and H preferred
stock at a price equal to $0.629, $0.080, $0.174, and
$0.212 per share, respectively, plus all declared but
unpaid dividends on such shares. The Company shall effect such
redemption, from any source of funds legally available
therefore, in four equal installments with the first installment
being made 45 days after receiving the redemption request,
and thereafter in three equal installments on each of the
following three anniversaries of the initial redemption date.
F-19
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
Voting
Each share of preferred stock has
voting rights equal to the equivalent number of shares of common
stock into which it is convertible and generally votes together
as one class with the common stock.
As long as at least 30,000,000 shares of preferred stock
are outstanding, the holders of the preferred stock, voting
together as a single class shall be entitled to elect three
directors to the Board of Directors. If less than
30,000,000 shares of preferred stock is outstanding,
holders of preferred stock and common stock, voting together as
a single class on an as-converted basis, will be entitled to
elect such directors to the Board.
In addition, so long as at least 30,000,000 shares of
preferred stock remain outstanding, the Company shall not
without first obtaining the approval of the holders of a
majority of the preferred shares then outstanding, voting
together as a single class: (i) repurchase or redeem any
shares of preferred shares; (ii) repurchase any shares of
common stock (other than common stock that are subject to
restricted stock purchase/stock option exercise agreements where
the Company has the option to repurchase the shares);
(iii) authorize, create, or issue any other equity security
having rights or preferences senior to or on par with the
holders of preferred stock; (iv) declare or pay any
dividend with respect to common stock; (v) consummate an
acquisition; (vi) permit a subsidiary to sell shares;
(vii) increase or decrease the number of authorized shares
of preferred stock; (viii) materially and adversely alter
or change any of the rights, preferences, privileges, or
restrictions of any series of preferred stock;
(ix) increase or decrease the authorized number of
directors constituting the board; and (x) liquidate or
dissolve the Company or voluntarily file for bankruptcy.
Dividends
Holders of the preferred stock
shall be entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the per
annum rate of 8% of the original issue price, when and if
declared by the Board. No dividends were declared by the board
of directors during the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and
2006 or the six months ended December 31, 2005 and 2006.
Liquidation
In the event of any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or
involuntary, the holders of each share of preferred stock then
outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the available
funds and assets, and prior and in preference to any payment or
distribution on any shares of common stock, an amount per share
equal to the original issue price for the applicable series of
preferred stock, plus all declared but unpaid dividends. If,
upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company,
the available funds and assets shall be insufficient to permit
the payment to holders of the preferred stock of their full
preferential amounts, then all of the available funds and assets
shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding
preferred stock pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu
basis, according to the respective liquidation preference for
each series as set forth above. The remaining assets, if any,
shall be distributed ratably among the holders of common stock
and the holders of preferred stock on an as-if-converted basis.
Conversion
Each share of preferred stock is
convertible into one share of common stock at the option of the
holder. The conversion ratio into common stock is subject to
certain adjustments to prevent dilution. Each share of preferred
stock automatically converts into the number of shares of common
stock at the then effective conversion ratio upon: (i) the
closing of a public offering of common stock at a price per
share of at least $0.645 and an aggregate gross offering price
to the public of at least $20,000,000; or (ii) the consent
of the majority of holders of preferred stock, voting as a
single class on an as-converted basis.
Each share of preferred stock is convertible into the number of
shares of common stock which results from dividing the original
issue price for such series of preferred stock by the conversion
price for such series of preferred stock that is in effect that
the time of conversion. The initial conversion price for each
series of preferred stock was the original issue price for such
series of preferred stock. The conversion price for each series
of preferred stock is subject to adjustment from time to time.
F-20
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
Preferred Stock Warrants
In prior
years, the Company issued warrants to purchase preferred stock.
The Company recorded the fair value of the warrants at the time
of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. As a
result of the Series F redeemable convertible preferred
stock financing, outstanding warrants for Series C and
Series D preferred stock became exercisable for common
stock as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Warrants to purchase 6,858 shares of common stock issued
with respect to the equipment lease line signed in June 1998,
exercisable at $2.12 per share.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrants to purchase 12,713 shares of common stock issued
with respect to the equipment lease line signed in March 2000,
exercisable at $3.93 per share.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrants to purchase 12,243 shares of common stock issued
in February 2001 for consulting services, exercisable at $2.62
per share.
|
The Company also has the following Series E and
Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants
outstanding as of December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
Warrants to purchase 53,362 shares of Series E redeemable
convertible preferred stock issued with respect to the line of
credit in March 2001, exercisable at $0.94 per share which
shares are convertible to 53,362 shares of common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrants to purchase 623,675 shares of Series F redeemable
convertible preferred stock issued with respect to the line of
credit in September 2003, exercisable at $0.08 per share
which shares are convertible to 623,675 shares of common
stock.
|
As of December 31, 2006, the Company recorded a liability
of $620,000 for the fair value of the Series E and
Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants,
in accordance with FASB Staff Position
FAS 150-5,
Issuers Accounting under FASB Statement No. 150
for Freestanding Warrants and Other Similar Instruments on
Shares that are Redeemable.
The warrants are subject to
revaluation at each balance sheet date with any change in fair
value recognized as a component of other income (expense), net,
until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the
completion of a liquidation event including the consummation of
an initial public offering, at which time the warrant liability
will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital. The increase
in the fair value of the Series E and Series F
preferred stock warrants for the six months ended
December 31, 2006 totaled $579,000 and was recorded to
other expense. The warrants were valued at December 31,
2006 using the Black-Scholes option value model based on the
estimated fair value of the underlying Series E and
Series F preferred stock, volatility of 55%, expected term
of six months and a risk free interest rate of 5.03%
At December 31, 2006, 11,376,212 shares of common
stock were subject to repurchase in connection with the early
exercise of incentive stock options under the Companys
stock option plan.
F-21
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
Common
Shares Reserved for Issuance
At December 31, 2006, the Company has reserved shares of
common stock for issuance as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Reserved under stock option plan
|
|
|
47,675,837
|
|
Conversion of Series E
redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
31,789,550
|
|
Conversion of Series F
redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
134,090,064
|
|
Conversion of Series G
redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
20,114,943
|
|
Conversion of Series H
redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
47,169,812
|
|
Reserved for warrants
|
|
|
708,851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
281,549,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In January 1997, the Board of Directors and shareholders adopted
the 1997 stock option plan (the Plan) which, as
amended, provides for granting incentive stock options
(ISOs) and nonqualified stock options
(NSOs) for shares of common stock to employees,
directors, and consultants of the Company. In September 2006,
the Companys board of directors increased the number of
shares authorized and reserved for issuance under the Plan to
105,133,247 shares of common stock. In accordance with the
Plan, the stated exercise price shall not be less than 100% and
85% of the estimated fair market value of common stock on the
date of grant for ISOs and NSOs, respectively, as determined by
the Board of Directors. The Plan provides that the options shall
be exercisable over a period not to exceed ten years. Options
generally vest ratably over four years from the date of grant.
Options granted to certain executive officers are exercisable
immediately and unvested shares issued upon exercise are subject
to repurchase by the Company at the exercise price. During
fiscal year 2006, 870,667 unvested shares issued upon exercise
of options were repurchased under this provision. There were no
repurchases in fiscal years 2004 or 2005 or in the six months
ended December 31, 2006. The Companys repurchase
right for such options lapses as the options vest, generally
over four years from the date of grant.
Options granted to certain executive officers are exercisable
immediately and shares issued upon exercise are subject to
repurchase by the Company at the exercise price, in the event
the employee is terminated such repurchase right lapses
gradually over a four year period. The Company does not consider
the exercise of stock options substantive when the issued stock
is subject to repurchase. Accordingly, the proceeds from the
exercise of such options are accounted for as a deposit
liability until the repurchase right lapses, at which time the
proceeds are reclassified to permanent equity. As of
June 30, 2005, June 30, 2006 and December 31,
2006, there were 3,973,918, 15,551,186 and
11,376,212 shares, subject to repurchase respectively, of
the Companys common stock outstanding and $40,000,
$522,000 and $439,000, respectively, of related recorded
liability, which is included in accrued liabilities. During
fiscal year 2006, 870,667 unvested shares issued upon exercise
of options were repurchased under this provision. There were no
repurchases in fiscal years 2004 or 2005 or in the six months
ended December 31, 2006.
During fiscal years 2006 and 2005, the Company had outstanding
loans to certain executives and employees pursuant to the Plan
for the purchase of stock upon the exercise of incentive stock
options in the aggregate amounts of $231,000 and $372,000,
respectively. The loan agreements allow the Company to
repurchase the unvested shares within 60 days of
termination at a price equal to the original exercise price. The
loans bear interest at rates ranging from 6.4%
8.0% per annum and are due upon the earlier of termination
of employment or four years from the option exercise date. All
loans are due by June 30, 2006. In fiscal 2002, as part of
his termination settlement, the Company repurchased unvested
shares and amended the terms of the remaining notes issued to
the former CEO, such that they are nonrecourse. In March 2003,
the Company amended the terms of the remaining loans, such that
F-22
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
they are nonrecourse. Of the 2,717,900 shares purchased,
1,274,176 were unvested at the time of the note amendments. Due
to the conversion of these full recourse notes to non-recourse,
the deemed new awards will be subject to variable accounting. As
such, additional stock-based compensation expense will be
recorded to the extent the Companys share price
appreciates above the value for which the Company has already
recorded compensation charges. Stock-based compensation expense
recorded for these awards in fiscal 2004, 2005, 2006 and the six
month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, was
$45,000, $82,000, $54,000, $36,000 and $1,066,000 respectively.
During fiscal 2006, one employee was terminated and the Company
repurchased 460,000 unvested shares issued upon exercise of
options and wrote off the balance of his loan of $141,000 plus
accrued interest of $40,000. During fiscal 2005, one employee
repaid his loan in the amount of $222,000 plus accrued interest
of $40,000. During the six months ended December 31, 2006,
one employee repaid his loan in the amount of $12,000 plus
accrued interest of $7,000. At December 31, 2006, the
remaining notes receivable issued for stock purchases, totaling
$219,000, were in default and the Company was in proceedings to
collect the balance receivable. In March 2007, the Company
entered into a Note Repayment Agreement with the sole
remaining note holder, whereby he agreed to surrender
576,707 shares of the Companys common stock as full
consideration for the principal and fully-reserved interest
balances due on his stock loans and his promissory note (see
Note 4).
F-23
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
Transactions under the Plan are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Subject to
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Available
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
for Grant
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Outstanding
July 1, 2003
|
|
|
15,058,689
|
|
|
|
21,309,657
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
Adjustment to shares authorized on
issuance of Series F preferred stock
|
|
|
(205,750
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted (weighted average
fair value of $0.01 per share)
|
|
|
(9,046,000
|
)
|
|
|
9,046,000
|
|
|
|
0.03
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(991,400
|
)
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
2,628,808
|
|
|
|
(2,628,808
|
)
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
June 30, 2004
|
|
|
8,435,747
|
|
|
|
26,735,449
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
Shares authorized on issuance of
Series H preferred stock
|
|
|
25,317,795
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted (weighed-average
fair value of $0.01 per share)
|
|
|
(29,806,295
|
)
|
|
|
29,806,295
|
|
|
|
0.03
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,520,133
|
)
|
|
|
0.09
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
662,577
|
|
|
|
(662,577
|
)
|
|
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
June 30, 2005
|
|
|
4,609,824
|
|
|
|
53,359,034
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
Shares authorized
|
|
|
15,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted (weighed-average
fair value of $0.02 per share)
|
|
|
(13,000,500
|
)
|
|
|
13,000,500
|
|
|
|
0.07
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,286,679
|
)
|
|
|
0.03
|
|
Options repurchased
|
|
|
1,330,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.11
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
1,294,233
|
|
|
|
(1,294,233
|
)
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
9,234,224
|
|
|
|
30,778,622
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
Shares authorized
|
|
|
10,300,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted (weighed-average
fair value of $0.50 per share)
|
|
|
(11,105,500
|
)
|
|
|
11,105,500
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,637,009
|
)
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
1,142,334
|
|
|
|
(1,142,334
|
)
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
9,571,058
|
|
|
|
38,104,779
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercisable at
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,333,998
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total intrinsic value for options exercised in the years
ended June 30, 2005, June 30, 2006 and the six months
ended December 31, 2006 was $51,000, $1,283,000 and
$482,000, respectively, representing the difference between the
estimated fair values of the Companys common stock
underlying these options at the dates of exercise and the
exercise prices paid.
During the six months ended December 31, 2006, the Company
recorded non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $328,000
under SFAS 123(R). As of December 31, 2006, total
unrecognized compensation cost related to stock-based awards
granted to employees and non-employee directors was $3,769,000,
net of estimated forfeitures of $1,318,000. This cost will be
amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average
vesting period of approximately four years.
F-24
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
The following table summarizes information about outstanding and
exercisable options at the period end shown:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2006
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
Exercise Prices
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
$0.01
|
|
|
5,138,657
|
|
|
|
6.62
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
4,027,098
|
|
|
|
6.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.03
|
|
|
5,385,881
|
|
|
|
7.58
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
4,985,988
|
|
|
|
7.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.04
|
|
|
9,037,122
|
|
|
|
8.91
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
7,942,314
|
|
|
|
8.44
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.08
|
|
|
3,636,667
|
|
|
|
9.53
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
3,548,126
|
|
|
|
9.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.10
|
|
|
7,014,701
|
|
|
|
7.13
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
7,954,034
|
|
|
|
7.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.20-0.30
|
|
|
261,345
|
|
|
|
3.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
|
1,586,470
|
|
|
|
8.71
|
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.00
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
6,856,500
|
|
|
|
9.78
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.00
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
900,000
|
|
|
|
9.95
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.60
|
|
|
304,250
|
|
|
|
4.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.60
|
|
|
|
304,250
|
|
|
|
3.71
|
|
|
$
|
0.60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Outstanding
|
|
|
30,778,623
|
|
|
|
7.87
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
|
38,104,780
|
|
|
|
8.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
29,990
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
13,100,992
|
|
|
|
6.52
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
14,333,998
|
|
|
|
6.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
12,144
|
|
Vested and expected to vest
|
|
|
30,778,623
|
|
|
|
7.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
|
33,554,082
|
|
|
|
7.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
26,706
|
|
|
|
10.
|
COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES
|
Leases
The Company leases its facilities
under noncancelable operating leases which expire by September
2009. The leases provide for the lessee to pay all cost of
utilities, insurance, and taxes. On October 1, 2005, the
Company renegotiated the lease on its primary facility and
increased the square footage under lease.
Future minimum lease payments under the noncancelable leases as
of June 30, 2006, were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ending June 30
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
712
|
|
2008
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
898
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lease obligations for the Companys foreign offices are
cited in foreign currencies, which were converted herein to
U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate on June 30,
2006.
Rent expense for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and
2006, was $453,000, $475,000 and $594,000, respectively, and
$276,000 and $383,000 during the six months ended
December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
Purchase commitments
As of June 30, 2006
and December 31, 2006, the Company had non-cancelable
purchase commitments with contract manufacturers totaling
approximately $7,120,000 and $11,442,000 respectively, for
finished goods.
Litigation
On April 2, 2007, a lawsuit
was filed against the Company by Rates Technology Inc. alleging
that the Company has infringed two of Rates Technologys
patents. The Company believes the suit is without merit and
F-25
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
does not believe that the outcome of the pending litigation is
likely to be material, but due to the inherent uncertainties of
litigation, there is a risk that the outcome of this or any
future litigation could have a material adverse effect on the
Companys business, financial condition, cash flows, or
results of operations.
Indemnification
Under the
indemnification provisions of the Companys customer
agreements, the Company agrees to indemnify and defend its
customers against infringement of any patent, trademark, or
copyright of any country or the misappropriation of any trade
secret, arising from the customers legal use of the
Companys services. The exposure to the Company under these
indemnification provisions is generally limited to the total
amount paid by the customers under pertinent agreements.
However, certain indemnification provisions potentially expose
the company to losses in excess of the aggregate amount received
from the customer. To date, there have been no claims against
the Company or its customers pertaining to such indemnification
provisions and no amounts have been recorded.
|
|
11.
|
EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN
|
The Company adopted a defined contribution retirement plan which
has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service
(IRS) to be qualified as a 401(k) plan (the
Plan). The Plan covers substantially all employees. The
Plan provides for voluntary tax deferred contributions of
1 20% of gross compensation, subject to certain IRS
limitations. Based on approval by the Board of Directors, the
Company may make matching contributions to the Plan. No matching
contributions have been made as of December 31, 2006.
SFAS No. 131 (SFAS 131),
Disclosures About
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information
,
established standards for reporting information about operating
segments. Operating segments are defined as components of an
enterprise for which separate financial information is available
and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker,
or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources
and in assessing performance. The Company is organized as, and
operates in, one reportable segment: the development and sale of
IP voice communication systems. The Companys chief
operating decision-maker is its Chief Executive Officer. The
Companys Chief Executive Officer reviews financial
information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by
information about revenue by geographic region, for purposes of
evaluating financial performance and allocating resources. The
Company has operations in North America and Europe; however, the
portion of revenues that Europe contributes is less than 10% of
consolidated revenues. As such, it does not meet the requirement
under SFAS 131 to be reported as a separate segment.
Revenue is attributed by geographic location based on the
location of the billing address of the channel partner or
enterprise customer if sold directly to the enterprise customer.
The Companys assets are primarily located in the United
States of America and not allocated to any specific region.
F-26
SHORETEL,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS UNAUDITED)
The following presents total revenue by geographic region (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
18,633
|
|
|
$
|
34,863
|
|
|
$
|
60,954
|
|
|
$
|
25,631
|
|
|
$
|
41,820
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
619
|
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
1,075
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
18,828
|
|
|
$
|
35,482
|
|
|
$
|
61,608
|
|
|
$
|
25,931
|
|
|
$
|
42,895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In February 2007 the Company adopted the 2007 Equity Incentive
Plan. This plan serves as the successor to the 1997 Stock Option
Plan, which terminated in January 2007. Fifty million shares of
common stock are reserved for future issuance in the form of
stock options, restricted stock awards or units, stock
appreciation rights and stock bonuses. Additionally, the 2007
plan provides for automatic annual increases of shares available
for issuance of up to 5% of the number of common shares then
outstanding.
* * * * * *
F-27
PART II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
OTHER
EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
|
The following table sets forth the fees and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection
with the registration of common stock hereunder. All amounts are
estimates except the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee
and the NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount to be Paid
|
|
|
SEC Registration Fee
|
|
$
|
9,095
|
|
NASD Filing Fee
|
|
|
9,125
|
|
NASDAQ Global Market Initial
Listing Fee
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
Legal Fees and Expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Accounting Fees and Expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Printing and Engraving Expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees
|
|
|
*
|
|
Miscellaneous Expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
To be completed by amendment.
|
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
INDEMNIFICATION
OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
|
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
authorizes a court to award, or a corporations board of
directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under
certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The
terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under
certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement
of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933.
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the
Registrants certificate of incorporation includes a
provision that eliminates, to the fullest extent permitted by
law, the personal liability of a director for monetary damages
resulting from breach of his fiduciary duty as a director.
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the
Registrants bylaws provide that:
|
|
|
|
|
the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and
officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law, subject to certain limited exceptions;
|
|
|
|
the Registrant may also indemnify its other employees and agents
in its discretion;
|
|
|
|
the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to
its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding
subject to certain limited exceptions, and to the extent the
Delaware General Corporation Law so requires, such advances may
be conditioned on the director or officers agreement to
repay any such advanced expenses if it is determined that the
director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under the
Registrants bylaws; and
|
|
|
|
the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.
|
In addition, the Registrant has entered into indemnity
agreements with each of its current directors and officers.
These agreements provide for the indemnification of directors
and officers for all reasonable expenses and liabilities
incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought
against them by reason of the fact that they are or were agents
of the Registrant, subject to limited exceptions. Some of the
directors of the Registrant have entered into
II-1
agreements with investment entities with which they are
affiliated that provide for the indemnification of such
directors (entered into in connection with such entities
investments in the Registrant).
The Registrant currently carries liability insurance for its
directors and officers.
The Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this
Registration Statement provides for indemnification by the
underwriters of the Registrant and its directors and officers
for certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or
otherwise.
Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits
to this Registration Statement regarding relevant
indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit Document
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of
the Registrant
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
Third Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed upon the completion
of this offering
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
Registrants Bylaws
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
Form of Second Amended and
Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective following the
completion of this offering
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
Form of Indemnity Agreement
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
RECENT
SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
|
Since January 1, 2004, the Registrant has issued and sold
the following securities:
1. From January 1, 2004 to April 30, 2007, we
granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of
69,982,795 shares of our common stock at a weighted average
exercise price of $0.19 per share, respectively, to our
employees, consultants, directors and other service providers
under our 1997 Stock Option Plan, 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and
a non-plan stock option.
2. From January 1, 2004 to April 30, 2007, we
issued and sold an aggregate of 45,727,960 shares of our
common stock to employees, consultants, directors and other
service providers at prices ranging from $0.01 to $0.60 per
share under direct issuances or exercises of options granted
under our 1997 Stock Option Plan.
3. On March 1, 2004, we issued 20,114,943 shares
of our Series G Preferred Stock to private investors at a
price of $0.174 per share for an aggregate purchase price
of approximately $3.5 million in reliance on
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
and/or
Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. Each
share of Series G Preferred Stock will convert
automatically into common stock upon the completion of this
offering.
4. On October 20, 2004, we issued
47,169,812 shares of Series H Preferred Stock to
private investors at a price of $0.212 per share for an
aggregate purchase price of approximately $10 million in
reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
and/or
Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. Each
share of Series H Preferred Stock will convert
automatically into common stock upon the completion of this
offering.
All sales of common stock made pursuant to our 1997 Stock Option
Plan or any non-plan stock option, including pursuant to
exercise of stock options, were made in reliance on
Rule 701 under the Securities Act or Section 4(2) of
the Securities Act.
All sales indicated as having been made in reliance on
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
and/or
Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act were made
without general solicitation or advertising. Each purchaser was
a sophisticated investor with access to all relevant information
necessary to evaluate the investment and represented to the
Registrant that the shares were being acquired for investment.
II-2
|
|
ITEM 16.
|
EXHIBITS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
|
(a)
The following exhibits are filed herewith:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Title
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3
|
.1**
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of
the Registrant.
|
|
3
|
.2**
|
|
Third Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed upon completion of
this offering with the Delaware Secretary of State.
|
|
3
|
.3**
|
|
Bylaws of the Registrant.
|
|
3
|
.4
|
|
Form of Second Amended and
Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon
completion of this offering.
|
|
4
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Registrants Common
Stock certificate.
|
|
4
|
.2**
|
|
Seventh Amended and Restated
Rights Agreement dated October 20, 2004 by and among the
Registrant and certain of its equityholders.
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Fenwick & West
LLP.
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Form of Indemnity Agreement
between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive
officers.
|
|
10
|
.2**
|
|
1997 Stock Option Plan and forms
of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement.
|
|
10
|
.3**
|
|
2007 Equity Incentive Plan and
forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise
agreement.
|
|
10
|
.4**
|
|
2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
|
|
10
|
.5**
|
|
ShoreTel Executive Bonus Incentive
Plan for the second half of fiscal 2006.
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Description of ShoreTel Executive
Bonus Incentive Plan for the first and second half of fiscal
2007.
|
|
10
|
.7**
|
|
Offer Letter, dated as of
July 14, 2004, by the Registrant and John W. Combs.
|
|
10
|
.8**
|
|
Offer Letter, dated as of
March 10, 2003, by the Registrant and John Finegan.
|
|
10
|
.9**
|
|
Offer Letter, dated as of
September 8, 2005, by the Registrant and Joseph A. Vitalone.
|
|
10
|
.10**
|
|
Offer Letter, dated as of
April 13, 2005, by the Registrant and Walter Weisner.
|
|
10
|
.11**
|
|
Change of Control Agreement, dated
as of August 5, 2004, between the Registrant and John W.
Combs.
|
|
10
|
.12**
|
|
Change of Control Agreement, dated
as of May 7, 2003, between the Registrant and John Finegan.
|
|
10
|
.13**
|
|
Change of Control Agreement, dated
as of August 1, 2001, between the Registrant and Edwin J.
Basart.
|
|
10
|
.14**
|
|
Separation Agreement, dated as of
August 9, 2004, between the Registrant and Thomas van
Overbeek.
|
|
10
|
.15**
|
|
Sublease, dated as of October
1998, between Registrant and Applied Materials, Inc., as amended.
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
ODM Product Development and
Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2004, between
Registrant and Giant Electronics Ltd., as amended.
|
|
10
|
.17**
|
|
Manufacturing Services Agreement,
dated October 28, 2005, between Registrant and Jabil
Circuit, Inc.
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of Fenwick & West
LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Deloitte &
Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
|
|
24
|
.1**
|
|
Power of Attorney.
|
|
24
|
.2
|
|
Power of Attorney of Gary J.
Daichendt.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
To be filed by amendment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
An application for confidential treatment of selected portions
of this agreement has been filed with the Commission.
|
II-3
(b)
Financial Statement Schedules.
All schedules have been omitted because they are either
inapplicable or the required information has been given in the
consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the completion specified in the underwriting
agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions
described under Item 14 above, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer
or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or Rule 497(h) under the
Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration
Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment to Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of
California, on April 30, 2007.
SHORETEL, INC.
John W. Combs
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this
Amendment to Registration Statement has been signed by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
/s/
John
W. Combs
John
W. Combs
|
|
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
April 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
John
Finegan
John
Finegan
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
April 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Edwin J.
Basart
|
|
Director
|
|
April 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Gary
J. Daichendt
|
|
Director
|
|
April 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Charles
D. Kissner
|
|
Director
|
|
April 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Thomas
van Overbeek
|
|
Director
|
|
April 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Brian
K. Paul
|
|
Director
|
|
April 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Edward
F. Thompson
|
|
Director
|
|
April 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
*By:
/s/
John
Finegan
John
Finegan
|
|
Attorney-in-fact
|
|
April 30, 2007
|
II-5
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Title
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3
|
.1**
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of
the Registrant.
|
|
3
|
.2**
|
|
Third Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed upon completion of
this offering with the Delaware Secretary of State.
|
|
3
|
.3**
|
|
Bylaws of the Registrant.
|
|
3
|
.4
|
|
Form of Second Amended and
Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon
completion of this offering.
|
|
4
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Registrants Common
Stock certificate.
|
|
4
|
.2**
|
|
Seventh Amended and Restated
Rights Agreement dated October 20, 2004 by and among the
Registrant and certain of its equityholders.
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Fenwick & West
LLP.
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Form of Indemnity Agreement
between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive
officers.
|
|
10
|
.2**
|
|
1997 Stock Option Plan and forms
of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement.
|
|
10
|
.3**
|
|
2007 Equity Incentive Plan and
forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise
agreement.
|
|
10
|
.4**
|
|
2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
|
|
10
|
.5**
|
|
ShoreTel Executive Bonus Incentive
Plan for the second half of fiscal 2006.
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Description of ShoreTel Executive
Bonus Incentive Plan for the first and second half of fiscal
2007.
|
|
10
|
.7**
|
|
Offer Letter, dated as of
July 14, 2004, by the Registrant and John W. Combs.
|
|
10
|
.8**
|
|
Offer Letter, dated as of
March 10, 2003, by the Registrant and John Finegan.
|
|
10
|
.9**
|
|
Offer Letter, dated as of
September 8, 2005, by the Registrant and Joseph A. Vitalone.
|
|
10
|
.10**
|
|
Offer Letter, dated as of
April 13, 2005, by the Registrant and Walter Weisner.
|
|
10
|
.11**
|
|
Change of Control Agreement, dated
as of August 5, 2004, between the Registrant and John W.
Combs.
|
|
10
|
.12**
|
|
Change of Control Agreement, dated
as of May 7, 2003, between the Registrant and John Finegan.
|
|
10
|
.13**
|
|
Change of Control Agreement, dated
as of August 1, 2001, between the Registrant and Edwin J.
Basart.
|
|
10
|
.14**
|
|
Separation Agreement, dated as of
August 9, 2004, between the Registrant and Thomas van
Overbeek.
|
|
10
|
.15**
|
|
Sublease, dated as of October
1998, between Registrant and Applied Materials, Inc., as amended.
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
ODM Product Development and
Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2004, between
Registrant and Giant Electronics Ltd., as amended.
|
|
10
|
.17**
|
|
Manufacturing Services Agreement,
dated October 28, 2005, between Registrant and Jabil
Circuit, Inc.
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of Fenwick & West
LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Deloitte &
Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
|
|
24
|
.1**
|
|
Power of Attorney.
|
|
24
|
.2
|
|
Power of Attorney of Gary J.
Daichendt.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
To be filed by amendment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
An application for confidential treatment of selected portions
of this agreement has been filed with the Commission.
|